LTC6812-1 [ADI]

Current, Voltage, and Charge Monitor for High Voltage Battery Packs;
LTC6812-1
型号: LTC6812-1
厂家: ADI    ADI
描述:

Current, Voltage, and Charge Monitor for High Voltage Battery Packs

电池
文件: 总80页 (文件大小:3353K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
LTC2949  
Current, Voltage, and Charge Monitor for  
High Voltage Battery Packs  
FEATURES  
DESCRIPTION  
The LTC®2949 is a high precision current, voltage, tem-  
perature,chargeandenergymeterforelectricalandhybrid  
vehicles and other isolated current sense applications. It  
infers charge and energy flowing in and out of the battery  
pack by monitoring simultaneously the voltage drop over  
up to two sense resistors and the battery pack voltage.  
n
Measures Battery Stack Voltage, Current and Power  
Indicates Accumulated Battery Charge and Energy  
20-Bit Current Measurement with <1μV Offset  
Built-In Isolated isoSPI™ or SPI Interface  
LTC68xx/ADBMS68xx Compatible, Supports  
Synchronous Measurements with Cell Monitors  
Up to 12 Buffered Voltage Measurement Inputs  
Up to 5 GPIOs, Configurable to Drive Ground, Supply  
or Toggling at 400kHz  
n
n
n
n
n
n
Low offset ΔΣ ADCs ensure accurate measurement of  
voltage and current with insignificant power loss. Con-  
tinuous integration of current and power ensures lossless  
tracking of charge and energy delivered or received by  
the battery pack.  
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
High or Low Side Current Sense  
0.3% Current and Voltage Accuracy  
1% Energy and Charge Accuracy  
True Average ADCs  
The built-in serial interface can be configured to support  
isolated isoSPI communication to the host or as SPI  
interface.  
2
I C EEPROM Interface to Store Board Calibration Factors  
Threshold Registers for all Measured Quantities  
Engineered for ISO26262 Compliant Systems  
Open Wire Detection on Input Pins  
The LTC2949 features 12 internally buffered high imped-  
ance inputs (V1 to V12) for measuring voltages from  
external sensors or resistor dividers allowing to measure  
temperatures, HV-Link voltages, chassis isolation and  
supervise contactor states. LTC2949 has up to five pro-  
grammable digital outputs which can be set to ground,  
supply or toggling at 400kHz.  
Available in 48-Lead LQFP Package  
AEC-Q100 Qualified for Automotive Applications  
APPLICATIONS  
n
Electric and Hybrid Vehicles  
n
Isolated Current Sensing  
Programmable threshold and tracking registers reduce  
digital traffic to the host.  
n
Backup Battery Systems  
High Power Portable Equipment  
n
All registered trademarks and trademarks are the property of their respective owners.  
TYPICAL APPLICATION  
Electric Vehicle Battery Meter  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀAꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃAꢄꢀꢂꢅ  
RꢆꢁꢀꢁꢄAꢅꢇꢆ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅ ꢆ  
ꢀꢁꢀꢂ  
Aꢀꢁꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢂꢃꢄꢅ  
ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢄ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ ꢄꢅAꢇꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢀꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅ A  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂ  
ꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢄRꢈ  
ꢀRꢁꢂ  
ꢀAꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃR  
ꢃꢄꢃRꢅꢆ  
ꢀꢁAꢂꢃ  
ꢄꢅAꢇꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅ ꢆ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ ꢄꢅAꢇꢈ  
ꢀAꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀAꢁꢂꢃR  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁRRꢂꢃꢄ  
ꢀꢅARꢆꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢁRAꢀꢄRꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅ ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅ A  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃAꢄꢅꢆ ꢇꢂꢈꢈꢉꢊꢀꢇAꢄꢀꢂꢊ  
50µΩ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀAꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁ ꢃAꢄꢅ  
Rev A  
1
Document Feedback  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
TABLE OF CONTENTS  
Features............................................................................................................................ 1  
Applications ....................................................................................................................... 1  
Typical Application ............................................................................................................... 1  
Description......................................................................................................................... 1  
Absolute Maximum Ratings..................................................................................................... 3  
Order Information................................................................................................................. 3  
Pin Configuration ................................................................................................................. 3  
Electrical Characteristics........................................................................................................ 4  
Typical Performance Characteristics .........................................................................................10  
Pin Functions.....................................................................................................................11  
Pin Functions.....................................................................................................................12  
Block Diagram....................................................................................................................13  
Operation..........................................................................................................................14  
Overview............................................................................................................................................................... 14  
Modes of Operation .............................................................................................................................................. 15  
Data Acquisition Channels .................................................................................................................................... 16  
Power Measurement............................................................................................................................................. 19  
Charge, Energy and Time...................................................................................................................................... 20  
Overcurrent Comparators ..................................................................................................................................... 21  
SERIAL INTERFACES ............................................................................................................22  
Serial Interfaces Overview .................................................................................................................................... 22  
4-Wire Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) Physical Layer........................................................................................ 22  
2-Wire Isolated Interface (isoSPI) Physical Layer................................................................................................. 23  
Data Link Layer..................................................................................................................................................... 28  
Network Layer....................................................................................................................................................... 28  
REGISTER MAP...................................................................................................................41  
REGISTER Description ..........................................................................................................42  
MEMORY MAP AND Paging Mechanism............................................................................................................... 42  
Register Map PAGE0............................................................................................................................................. 44  
Register Map PAGE1 ............................................................................................................................................ 62  
Application Information.........................................................................................................68  
Temperature Measurement .................................................................................................................................. 68  
Sense Resistor Temperature Compensation ......................................................................................................... 69  
Current and Voltage Input Filtering ....................................................................................................................... 74  
Powering the LTC2949 ......................................................................................................................................... 75  
Package Description ............................................................................................................78  
Revision History .................................................................................................................79  
Typical Application ..............................................................................................................80  
Related Parts.....................................................................................................................80  
Rev A  
2
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS  
(Notes 1, 2)  
Supply Pins  
PIN CONFIGURATION  
ꢔꢚꢒ ꢊꢖꢘꢝ  
AVCC to AGND........................................ –0.3V to 14.5V  
DVCC to DGND........................................ –0.3V to 14.5V  
AVCC to DVCC........................................... –0.1V to 0.1V  
DGND to AGND......................................... –0.1V to 0.1V  
Analog Pins  
ꢊꢀ  
ꢊꢁ  
ꢂꢅ ꢋꢌꢍ  
ꢂꢄ ꢊRꢘꢗ  
ꢊꢂ  
ꢂꢃ ꢍꢏꢙꢚ  
ꢊꢃ  
ꢊꢄ  
ꢋꢌꢍ  
ꢊꢅ  
ꢊꢆ  
ꢊꢇ  
ꢂꢂ ꢍꢏꢙꢖ  
I1P, I1M, I2P, I2M ......................... –0.3V to V  
+ 0.3V  
AVCC  
ꢂꢁ ꢋꢌꢍ  
I1P to I1M, I2P to I2M .............................................. 1V  
ꢃꢈ  
ꢓꢌꢋ  
ꢂꢀ ꢋꢌꢍ  
ꢂꢉ ꢍꢎꢐ ꢛꢖꢕꢜ  
ꢁꢈ ꢎꢍꢙ ꢛꢖꢒꢜ  
ꢁꢇ ꢎꢋꢚ ꢛꢖꢐꢖAꢎꢜ  
ꢁꢆ ꢎꢋꢖ ꢛꢖꢍꢕꢒꢜ  
ꢁꢅ ꢖꢚꢊꢍꢍ  
ꢁꢄ ꢐꢑꢒꢁ  
VBATP, VBATM ............................. –0.3V to V  
V1-V12......................................... –0.3V to V  
+ 0.3V  
+ 0.3V  
AVCC  
AVCC  
ꢊꢈ ꢀꢉ  
ꢊꢀꢉ ꢀꢀ  
ꢊꢀꢀ ꢀꢁ  
CLKO, DNC.........................................................(Note 3)  
Digital Input/Output Pins  
IOVCC, CLKI, CSB(IM), SCK(IP)................... –0.3V to 5V  
SDI (ICMP), SDO (IBIAS)............................. –0.3V to 5V  
SDA, SCL ................................................ –0.3V to 2.75V  
Current In/Out of Pins  
IP, IM.................................................................... 30mA  
SDO (IBIAS) .............................................. –1mA to 9mA  
V8-V12 ................................................................... 2mA  
VREF (Note 4) ....................................................... 2mA  
BYP1 (Note 4)......................................... –10mA to 0mA  
BYP2 (Note 4)......................................... –10mA to 0mA  
Operating Ambient Temperature Range  
ꢏꢞꢘ ꢒAꢍꢙAꢓꢘ  
ꢃꢇꢟꢏꢘAꢋ ꢛꢆꢠꢠ × ꢆꢠꢠꢜ ꢒꢏAꢎꢔꢖꢍ ꢏꢡꢗꢒ  
ꢋꢌꢍꢢ ꢋꢚ ꢌꢚꢔ ꢍꢚꢌꢌꢘꢍꢔ  
ꢤ ꢀꢄꢉꢥꢍꢦ θ ꢤ ꢁꢉꢧꢃꢅꢥꢍꢨθ ꢤ ꢂꢧꢅꢇꢥꢍꢨꢝ  
ꢣA ꢣꢍ  
ꢘꢞꢒꢚꢎꢘꢋ ꢒAꢋ ꢛꢒꢖꢌ ꢃꢈꢜꢦ ꢍꢚꢌꢌꢘꢍꢔ ꢔꢚ Aꢓꢌꢋ  
ꢣꢕAꢞ  
LTC2949I .................................................–40°C to 85°C  
LTC2949H.............................................. –40°C to 125°C  
Storage Temperature Range…............... –65°C to 150°C  
ORDER INFORMATION  
AUTOMOTIVE PRODUCTS**  
TRAY (250PC)  
TAPE AND REEL (2000PC) PART MARKING*  
LTC2949ILXE#3ZZTRPBF LTC2949LXE  
LTC2949HLXE#3ZZTRPBF LTC2949LXE  
PACKAGE DESCRIPTION  
48-LEAD PLASTIC eLQFP  
48-LEAD PLASTIC eLQFP  
MSL RATING TEMPERATURE RANGE  
LTC2949ILXE#3ZZPBF  
LTC2949HLXE#3ZZPBF  
3
3
–40°C to 85°C  
–40°C to 125°C  
Contact the factory for parts specified with wider operating temperature ranges. *The temperature grade is identified by a label on the shipping container.  
Tape and reel specifications. Some packages are available in 500 unit reels through designated sales channels with #TRMPBF suffix.  
**Versions of this part are available with controlled manufacturing to support the quality and reliability requirements of automotive applications. These  
models are designated with a #3ZZ suffix. Only the automotive grade products shown are available for use in automotive applications. Contact your local  
Analog Devices account representative for specific product ordering information and to obtain the specific Automotive Reliability reports for these models.  
Rev A  
3
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS The l denotes the specifications which apply over the full operating  
temperature range, otherwise specifications are at TA = 25°C.  
SYMBOL  
PARAMETER  
CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNITS  
Power Supply  
l
l
l
l
V
V
V
Analog Supply Voltage  
4.5  
4.5  
14  
14  
V
V
AVCC  
DVCC  
UVLO  
Digital Supply Voltage  
Supply Undervoltage Lockout Threshold  
Average Supply Current into AVCC and DVCC  
V
, V  
Falling  
4.5  
20  
V
AVCC DVCC  
I
CC  
Core State: STANDBY or MEASURE  
Core State: SLEEP  
16  
9
mA  
µA  
µA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
V
15  
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
Core State: SLEEP  
150  
5.8  
7.8  
3
Additional DVCC Supply Current if isoSPI in  
READY/ACTIVE States  
R
+ R = 2k  
READY  
ACTIVE  
READY  
ACTIVE  
4.8  
6.1  
2.1  
2.5  
2.5  
B1  
B1  
B2  
Note: ACTIVE State Current Assumes t = 1μs,  
(Note 5)  
CLK  
R
+ R = 20k  
B2  
3.5  
2.75  
0
V
V
BYP1 Regulated Output Voltage  
BYP1 Load Current  
2.25  
–10  
–15  
BYP1  
mA  
mV  
V
BYP1 Load Regulation Error  
BYP1 Undervoltage Lockout Threshold  
BYP2 Regulation Output Voltage  
BYP2 Load Current  
I
I
= –10mA  
= –10mA  
0
LOAD  
LOAD  
2.25  
3.6  
0
3
3.25  
170  
V
BYP2  
–10  
–60  
mA  
mV  
°C  
BYP2 Load Regulation Error  
Thermal Shutdown Temperature  
Current Sense ADC  
Resolution (No Missing Codes)  
l
l
l
Slow Mode Filtered (Note 7)  
Slow Mode (Note 7)  
20  
18  
15  
Bit  
Bit  
Bit  
mV  
mV  
V
Fast Mode (Note 7)  
Full-Scale Differential Input Voltage  
Differential Input Voltage Range  
Pin Voltage of I1P, I1M, I2P, I2M  
Current Sense Quantization Step  
V
V
-V , V -V  
124  
I1P I1M I2P I2M  
l
l
VDIF  
-V , V -V  
I1P I1M I2P I2M  
110  
I
–0.11  
V
+0.11  
AVCC  
Slow Mode Filtered  
Slow Mode  
237.5  
950  
nV  
nV  
µV  
nA  
Fast Mode  
7.60371  
l
CFPx  
Input Leakage Current at CF1P, CF1M, I1P,  
I1M, CF2P, CF2M, I2P, I2M  
Core State = SLEEP/STANDBY  
60  
Differential Input Current from CF1P to CF1M,  
CF2P to CF2M  
Core State: MEASURE; Pin Voltages: 0V ≤  
VDIF /100kΩ  
µA  
I
V
, V  
, V , V , V  
, V  
,
CF1P CF1M I1P I1M CF2P CF2M  
V
, V ≤ V  
I2P I2M  
AVCC  
Noise  
Slow Mode Filtered  
Slow Mode  
160  
320  
3
nV  
nV  
µV  
RMS  
RMS  
Fast Mode  
RMS  
Gain Error  
|VDIF | ≤ 110mV  
0.15  
0.3  
1
%
I
l
l
l
l
%
µV  
µV  
%
Offset Voltage  
IADCx, IxP, IxM = 0V  
Slow Mode  
Fast Mode  
0
0
V
|
= V  
= 5V  
2
AVCC  
DVCC  
|
Total Unadjusted Error  
VDIF ≥ 25mV  
0.3  
I
Rev A  
4
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS The l denotes the specifications which apply over the full operating  
temperature range, otherwise specifications are at TA = 25°C.  
SYMBOL  
PARAMETER  
CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
0.8211  
4.8  
UNITS  
dB  
l
Input Voltage Common Mode Rejection at DC  
Input Sampling Frequency  
Conversion Time  
100  
10.48  
400  
MHz  
ms  
Slow Mode Filtered  
Slow Mode  
100  
ms  
l
Fast Mode  
0.782  
ms  
Voltage Measurement by Power ADC  
l
l
Resolution (No Missing Codes)  
Slow Mode (Note 7)  
Fast Mode (Note 7)  
18  
15  
Bit  
Bit  
V
VFS  
Full-Scale Differential Input Voltage  
Differential Input Voltage Range  
Pin Voltage of VBATP, VBATM  
V
V
V
V
– V  
– V  
6.14  
V
VBATP  
VBATP  
VBATM  
VBATM  
l
l
l
VDIF  
V
V
≥ 5V  
< 5V  
–0.1  
–0.1  
V
+0.1  
AVCC  
V
AVCC  
AVCC  
V -1.5  
AVCC  
V
LSB  
Differential Input Voltage Quantization Step  
Slow Mode  
46.875  
µV  
µV  
nA  
MΩ  
MΩ  
%
V
Fast Mode  
375.183  
l
Input Leakage Current  
Core State: SLEEP/STANDBY  
Core State: MEASURE; Pin Voltages 0V  
60  
Differential Input Resistance  
50  
20  
≤ V  
, V  
≤ V  
BATP BATM AVCC  
l
l
l
l
l
Gain Error  
0.3  
3
Offset  
V
BATP  
= V  
= 0V  
0
LSB  
V
BATM  
Voltage Total Unadjusted Error  
Input Voltage Common Mode Rejection at DC  
Noise  
1V ≤ |VDIF | ≤ 4.8V  
0.4  
%
V
80  
dB  
Slow Mode (Note 7)  
Fast Mode (Note 7)  
3
µV  
µV  
RMS  
RMS  
30  
Input Sampling Rate  
Conversion Time  
5.24  
100  
0.782  
MHz  
ms  
Slow Mode  
Fast Mode  
l
0.8211  
ms  
Power Measurement by Power ADC  
Resolution (No Missing Codes)  
l
l
Slow Mode (Note 7)  
Fast Mode (Note 7)  
18  
11  
Bit  
Bit  
2
FS  
Full-Scale Power  
FS = VFS • VFS /R  
/VDIV  
v
0.76504  
5.8368  
1
[V /Ω]  
P
P
V
I
ISENSE  
17  
2
LSB  
Power Quantization Step  
Power Offset  
LSB = FS /2  
µ[V /Ω]  
P
P
P
POS  
TUE  
VDIF = 0  
LSB  
P
1
l
Power Total Unadjusted Error  
1V ≤ |VDIF | ≤ 4.8V, 25mV ≤ |VDIF | ≤  
0.9  
%
P
V
I
110mV  
RMS Noise  
Slow Mode; VBATP – VBATM = 4.8V (Note 7)  
Slow Mode; VBATP – VBATM = 0V (Note 7)  
0.3  
0.03  
5.24  
5.24  
100  
LSB  
P
LSB  
P
Input Sampling Frequency  
Power Modulation Frequency  
Conversion Time  
MHz  
MHz  
ms  
Slow Mode  
Fast Mode  
l
0.782  
0.8211  
ms  
Rev A  
5
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS The l denotes the specifications which apply over the full operating  
temperature range, otherwise specifications are at TA = 25°C.  
SYMBOL  
Energy Measurement  
TUE Energy Total Unadjusted Error  
PARAMETER  
CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNITS  
l
l
1V ≤ |VDIF | ≤ 4.8V, 25mV ≤ |VDIF | ≤  
0.9  
%
E
V
I
110mV, Ideal External Clock or 4MHz  
Crystal  
1V ≤ |VDIF | ≤ 4.8V, 25mV ≤ |VDIF | ≤  
1.9  
%
V
I
110mV, Internal Clock  
Charge Measurement  
TUE Charge Total Unadjusted Error  
l
l
1V ≤ |VDIF | ≤ 4.8V, 25mV ≤ |VDIF | ≤  
0.4  
1.4  
%
%
C
V
I
110mV, Ideal External Clock or 4MHz  
Crystal  
1V ≤ |VDIF | ≤ 4.8V, 25mV ≤ |VDIF | ≤  
V
I
110mV, Internal Clock  
Voltage Measurement by AUXILIARY ADC  
l
Resolution (No Missing Codes)  
(Note 7)  
15  
Bit  
V
VFS  
Full-Scale Differential Input Voltage  
Differential Input Voltage Range  
V
V
V
V
– V  
– V  
, V  
– V  
– V  
6.14  
AUX  
VBATP  
VBATP  
VBATM MUXP  
MUXN  
l
l
l
VDIF  
, V  
VBATM MUXP  
4.8  
V
AUX  
MUXN  
Pin Voltage of VBATP, VBATM, V1 – V12, CF1P,  
CF1M, CF2P, CF2M  
≥ 5V  
< 5V  
–0.1  
–0.1  
V
V
+0.1  
AVCC  
V
AVCC  
AVCC  
–1.5  
AVCC  
V
LSB  
Differential Voltage Quantization Step  
Slow Mode  
Fast Mode  
375  
375.183  
1
µV  
µV  
nA  
MΩ  
%
AUX  
l
l
l
l
l
l
Input Leakage Current  
Differential Input Resistance  
Gain Error  
60  
40  
80  
13  
|VDIF | ≤ 4.8V  
0.3  
1
AUX  
Offset  
V
BATP  
= V  
= 0V  
0
LSB  
V
BATM  
Total Unadjusted Error  
Input Voltage Common Mode Rejection at DC  
Sampling Rate  
1V ≤ |VDIF | ≤ 4.8V  
0.4  
%
dB  
V
5.24  
MHz  
ms  
l
l
Conversion Time  
0.782  
0.8211  
On-Die Temperature Measurement by AUXILIARY ADC  
Resolution (No Missing Codes)  
(Note 7)  
Bit  
K
Full-Scale Temperature  
819.2  
0.2  
3
ΔT  
Temperature Quantization Step  
Total Unadjusted Error  
Conversion Time  
K
LSB  
K
13.1  
20  
ms  
K/W  
Self-Heating  
Supply Voltage Measurement by AUXILIARY ADC  
Resolution (No Missing Codes)  
Full-Scale Differential Input Voltage  
A/DVCC Measurement Quantization Step  
Total Unadjusted Error  
l
l
l
(Note 7)  
14  
Bit  
V
18.43  
2.2583  
2
mV  
%
5
Conversion Time  
6.55  
ms  
AUX MUX  
Signal Range  
–0.1  
V
+0.1  
AVCC  
V
Rev A  
6
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS The l denotes the specifications which apply over the full operating  
temperature range, otherwise specifications are at TA = 25°C.  
SYMBOL  
PARAMETER  
CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
–250  
250  
MAX  
UNITS  
µA  
l
l
Pull-Up Current Source  
Pull-Down Current Source  
Pin Voltage < V  
− 3.0V  
–150  
AVCC  
Pin Voltage > 2.5V  
200  
µA  
Reference Voltages  
VREF  
Reference Pin Voltage  
3
V
%
l
VREF Error  
1
VREF Temperature Coefficient  
VREF Long Term Drift  
7
ppm/K  
ppm/√kHr  
mV  
80  
l
l
VREF Load Regulation Error  
Internal Redundant Reference Voltage  
VREF2 Error  
–0.5mA ≤ I  
≤ 0.5mA  
–5  
0
LOAD  
VREF2  
2.39  
V
0.85  
%
VREF2 Temperature Coefficient  
VREF2 Long Term Drift  
10  
80  
ppm/K  
ppm/√kHr  
Overcurrent Comparator  
Pin Voltages I1P, I1M I2P, I2M  
l
l
l
l
l
l
–0.11  
V
+0.11  
V
mV  
mV  
mV  
µs  
AVCC  
Total Unadjusted Error  
|Vthr| ≤ 103mV  
|Vthr| > 103mV  
|Vthr| = 310mV  
5
10  
20  
Programmable Deglitch Time Delay  
T
T
20, 80, 320µs  
T
T
−10  
T
T
+37  
degl  
degl  
degl  
degl  
degl  
degl  
1280µs  
−26  
+56  
µs  
Digital Input CLKI  
l
l
l
l
Logic Input Threshold  
Input Current DC Current  
Input Capacitance  
0.4  
2
V
μA  
1
(Note 7)  
10  
25  
pF  
External Clock Frequency  
General Purpose Outputs GPIOx  
0.1  
MHz  
l
l
Low Level Output Voltage at GPIOx  
I
I
= 0.5mA  
0.4  
V
V
GPIOx  
GPIOx  
High Level Output Voltage at GPIOx  
= –0.25mA  
V
DVCC  
–0.5  
l
GPIOx Toggling Frequency  
370  
400  
430  
kHz  
SPI Interface DC Specification IOVCC, CSB, SCK, SDI, SDO  
l
l
l
V
IOVCC  
SPI Mode IOVCC Operating Voltage  
Pin Voltages CSB, SCK, SDI, SDO  
Logic Input Threshold (CSB, SCK, SDI)  
1.8  
4.5  
V
V
V
V
IOVCC  
0.3 •  
IOVCC  
0.7 •  
V
IOVCC  
V
l
l
l
DC Input Current (CSB, SCK, SDI)  
Input Capacitance (CSB, SCK, SDI)  
Low Level Output Voltage at SDO  
1
µA  
pF  
V
(Note 7)  
≥ 3.3V, I  
10  
V
= 3mA, 1.8V ≤ V  
IOVCC  
0.4  
IOVCC  
SDO  
≤ 3.3V, I  
= 1mA  
SDO  
SPI Timing Requirements (See Figure 7)  
l
l
l
t
t
t
SCK Period  
(Note 6)  
1
μs  
ns  
ns  
CLK  
1
SDI Setup Time Before SCK Rising Edge  
SDI Hold Time After SCK Rising Edge  
25  
25  
2
Rev A  
7
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS The l denotes the specifications which apply over the full operating  
temperature range, otherwise specifications are at TA = 25°C.  
SYMBOL  
PARAMETER  
CONDITIONS  
MIN  
200  
200  
0.65  
0.8  
1
TYP  
MAX  
UNITS  
ns  
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
t
t
t
t
t
t
SCK Low  
t
t
= t + t ≥ 1μs  
3 4  
3
4
5
6
7
8
CLK  
CLK  
SCK High  
= t + t ≥ 1μs  
ns  
3
4
CSB Rising Edge to CSB Falling Edge  
SCK Rising Edge to CSB Rising Edge  
CSB Falling Edge to SCK Rising Edge  
SCK Falling Edge to SDO Valid  
μs  
(Note 6)  
(Note 6)  
μs  
μs  
(Note 9), VIOVCC ≥ 3.3V  
(Note 9), VIOVCC < 3.3V  
60  
ns  
150  
ns  
isoSPI DC Specifications (See Figure 10)  
l
l
Voltage at IOVCC to Select isoSPI  
0.5  
2.1  
V
V
IBIAS  
Voltage on IBIAS Pin  
READY/ACTIVE State  
IDLE  
1.9  
2
0
V
V
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
I
Isolated Interface Bias Current  
Isolated Interface Current Gain  
R
= 2kΩ to 20kΩ  
BIAS  
0.1  
18  
17  
1
22  
24.5  
1.4  
1.5  
1
mA  
B
A
V ≤ 1V, I = 1mA  
A
20  
20  
mA/mA  
mA/mA  
V
IB  
B
I = 0.1mA  
B
V
V
Transmitter Pulse Amplitude  
V = |V – V  
A
|
A
IP  
IM  
Threshold-Setting Voltage on ICMP Pin  
Input Leakage Current on ICMP Pin  
Leakage Current on IP and IM Pins  
Receiver Comparator Threshold Voltage Gain  
V
V
= A  
• V  
ICMP  
0.2  
0.4  
V
ICMP  
TCMP  
ICMP  
TCMP  
= 0V to V  
µA  
BYP2  
IDLE State, V or V = 0V to V  
1
µA  
IP  
IM  
BYP2  
A
V
V
V
= V  
/2 to V  
– 0.2V,  
0.5  
0.6  
V/V  
TCMP  
CM  
ICMP  
BYP2  
BYP2  
= 0.2V to 1.5V  
Receiver Common Mode Bias  
IP, IM Not Driving  
V
V
V
CM  
BYP2  
/3 –  
ICMP  
167mV  
l
Receiver Input Resistance  
Single-Ended to IP, IM  
27  
35  
43  
kΩ  
isoSPI IDLE/WAKE-UP Specifications (See Figure 3)  
l
l
l
l
V
Differential Wake-Up Voltage  
Dwell Time at V Before Wake Detection  
t
= 240ns  
DWELL  
200  
240  
mV  
ns  
WAKE  
DWELL  
READY  
IDLE  
t
t
t
V
= 200mV  
WAKE  
WAKE  
Start-Up Time After Wake Detection  
Idle Timeout Duration  
10  
8
µs  
4.3  
6.4  
ms  
isoSPI Pulse Timing Specifications (See Figures 10,11)  
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
t
t
t
t
t
t
t
Chip-Select Signal Filter  
Chip-Select Valid Pulse Window  
Data Half-Pulse Width  
Data Signal Filter  
Receiver  
70  
220  
40  
90  
270  
50  
115  
330  
60  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
FILT(CS)  
WNDW(CS)  
1/2PW(D)  
FILT(D)  
Receiver  
Transmitter  
Receiver  
10  
25  
35  
Data Pulse Inversion Delay  
Data Valid Pulses Window  
Data Return Delay  
Transmitter  
Receiver  
40  
55  
69  
INV(D)  
70  
90  
110  
625  
WNDW(D)  
485  
RTN  
2
I C Interface DC Specification (SCL, SDA)  
Logic Input Threshold (SDA)  
l
l
l
l
0.9  
1.6  
1
V
μA  
pF  
V
DC Input Current (SDA)  
Input Capacitance (SDA)  
(Note 7)  
10  
0.4  
Low Level Output Voltage at SDA, SCL  
I = 0.5mA  
Rev A  
8
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS The l denotes the specifications which apply over the full operating  
temperature range, otherwise specifications are at TA = 25°C.  
SYMBOL  
PARAMETER  
CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNITS  
2
I C Interface Timing Specification (SCL, SDA)  
l
l
l
l
l
l
f
t
t
t
t
t
Maximum SCL Clock Frequency  
SCL Low Period  
8
10  
kHz  
µs  
µs  
µs  
µs  
µs  
SCL(MAX)  
SCLLO  
80  
80  
30  
30  
30  
SDA Low Period  
SDALO  
Bus Free Time Between STOP/START  
Minimum Repeated START Setup Time  
BUF(MIN)  
SU,STA(MIN)  
HD,STA(MIN)  
Minimum Hold Time (Repeated) START  
Condition  
l
l
l
l
l
t
t
t
t
t
Minimum Setup Time for STOP Condition  
Minimum Data Setup Time Input  
Minimum Data Hold Time Input  
Minimum Data Hold Time Output  
Data Output Fall Time  
30  
30  
µs  
µs  
ns  
µs  
ns  
SU,STO(MIN)  
SU,DAT(MIN)  
HD,DAT(MIN)  
HD,DATO  
0
30  
(Notes 7, 8)  
20 + 0.1  
OF  
• C  
B
Digital Core Timings (See Figure 3)  
l
t
Core Boot-Up Time from SLEEP or POWER-OFF AVCC/DVCC Pins at Minimum Operating  
100  
ms  
BOOT  
to STANDBY  
Voltage  
l
l
l
l
l
t
t
t
t
t
Core STANDBY Cycle Time  
(Note 10)  
17  
20  
110  
130  
40  
ms  
ms  
ms  
ms  
s
IDLE_CORE  
Core MEASURE Cycle Time  
(Note 11)  
90  
100  
CONT  
Memory Lock Request to Acknowledge Time  
Memory Lock Request to Acknowledge Time  
Core Status MEASURE  
Core Status STANDBY  
MLCK,M  
MLCK,S  
ACKN  
Time from Core Entering STANDBY to Return to No Write of 0x0 to Reg. WKUPACK, No  
SLEEP, When Wake-Up is not Confirmed  
0.6  
1.5  
Write of 0x8 to Reg. OPCTRL  
Time Base  
TUE  
TUE Time Base  
Internal Clock  
0.5  
1
%
%
TB  
l
Note 1: Stresses beyond those listed under Absolute Maximum Ratings  
may cause permanent damage to the device. Exposure to any Absolute  
Maximum Rating condition for extended periods may affect the device  
reliability and lifetime.  
Note 6: These timing specifications are dependent on the delay through  
the cable, and include allowances for 50ns of delay each direction. 50ns  
corresponds to 10m of CAT-5 cable (which has a velocity of propagation of  
66% the speed of light). Use of longer cables would require derating these  
specs by the amount of additional delay.  
Note 2: Positive currents flow into pins, negative currents flow out of pins.  
Minimum and maximum values refer to absolute values.  
Note 7: Guaranteed by design and characterization, not subject to  
production test.  
Note 3: Do not apply a voltage or current source to these pins. They must  
be unconnected, connected to capacitive loads or connected to a crystal  
according to their pin description. Otherwise permanent damage may  
occur.  
Note 4: Do not apply a voltage source to these pins. Overloading these  
pins might disrupt operation.  
Note 8: C = capacitance of one bus line in pf (10pF < C < 400pF)  
B
B
Note 9: These specifications do not include rise time of SDO due to pull up  
resistance and load capacitance on SDO pin.  
Note 10: Cycle time at which STATUS/FAULTS and V registers are  
REF  
updated.  
Note 5: Active supply current (I ) is dependent on the amount of time  
CC  
Note 11: Cycle time at which STATUS/ALERT/FAULTS registers and all  
slow channel measurement results are updated after the first update. The  
first update after enabling any measurement is typically 50ms delayed.  
that the output drivers are active on IP and IM. During those times I will  
CC  
increase by the 20 • I drive current. For the maximum data rate 1MHz, the  
B
drivers are active approximately 5% of the time.  
Rev A  
9
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS  
Current Measurement Gain Error  
vs Temperature  
Current Measurement Offset  
vs Temperature  
Current Measurement Offset  
Distribution  
ꢀꢁꢂꢀ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ Rꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈ ꢉꢊꢅꢋeꢃ ꢌeꢆꢅ ꢍꢅꢂꢎꢄꢋ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢀ  
ꢀꢁꢀꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢀꢀ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂ ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ ꢀꢁꢁ ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ ꢀꢁꢁ ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢁRAꢀꢄRꢁ ꢅꢆꢇꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢁRAꢀꢄRꢁ ꢅꢆꢇꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢂꢃꢄ ꢅꢀAꢇꢃ ꢈꢉꢅꢊ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁ ꢃꢄꢅ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁ ꢃꢄꢀ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁ ꢃꢄꢅ  
Current Measurement Noise Filter  
Response  
Power as Voltage Gain Error vs  
Temperature  
AUXADC Gain Error vs  
Temperature  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢀ  
ꢀꢁꢀ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂ ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ ꢀꢁꢁ ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ ꢀꢁꢁ ꢀꢁ ꢀꢁꢂ ꢀꢁꢁꢂ ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂ ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ ꢀꢁꢁ ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢁRAꢀꢄRꢁ ꢅꢆꢇꢈ  
ꢀRꢁꢂꢃꢁꢄꢅꢆ ꢇꢈꢉꢊ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ ꢄꢂꢅe ꢆꢇꢁꢈeꢉeꢅ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ ꢄꢂꢅe  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ ꢄꢅꢆe  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢁRAꢀꢄRꢁ ꢅꢆꢇꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁ ꢃꢄꢅ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁ ꢃꢄꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁ ꢃꢄꢅ  
Auxiliary ADC Measurement  
Offset vs Temperature  
Time Base Internal Clock TUE vs  
Temperature  
ADC Conversion Time Error Slow/  
Fast vs Temperature  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢀ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂ ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ ꢀꢁꢁ ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ ꢀꢁꢁ ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ ꢀꢁꢁ ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢁRAꢀꢄRꢁ ꢅꢆꢇꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢁRAꢀꢄRꢁ ꢅꢆꢇꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢁRAꢀꢄRꢁ ꢅꢆꢇꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁ ꢃꢄꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁ ꢃꢄꢅ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁ ꢃꢄꢅ  
Rev A  
10  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
TYPICAL PERFORMANCE CHARACTERISTICS  
VREF vs Temperature  
VREF Load Regulation  
VREF2 vs Temperature  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢀ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂ ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ ꢀꢁꢁ ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ ꢀꢁꢁ ꢀꢁꢂ  
Rꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁAꢂ ꢃꢄRRꢅꢆꢇ ꢈꢉAꢊ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢁRAꢀꢄRꢁ ꢅꢆꢇꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢁRAꢀꢄRꢁ ꢅꢆꢇꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁ ꢃꢄꢄ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁ ꢃꢄꢅ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁ ꢃꢄꢀ  
AVCC/DVCC Supply Current  
Standby/Measure vs Temperature  
AVCC/DVCC Supply Current vs  
Temperature  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁeeꢂ ꢃꢄꢅeꢆ ꢇ  
ꢀ ꢁ  
ꢀ ꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈeꢂꢉꢊꢋeꢌ ꢍ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
Aꢀꢁꢁ  
Aꢀꢁꢁ ꢀꢁꢂꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂ ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ ꢀꢁꢁ ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ ꢀꢁꢁ ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢁRAꢀꢄRꢁ ꢅꢆꢇꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢁRAꢀꢄRꢁ ꢅꢆꢇꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁ ꢃꢄꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁ ꢃꢄꢅ  
PIN FUNCTIONS  
AVCC (Pin 19): Analog Supply Voltage. Bypass this pin to  
AGND with a 0.1μF (or greater) capacitor. AVCC operating  
range is 4.5V to 14V.  
BYP2 (Pin 25): Internal 3.25V Supply Voltage. Bypass  
BYP2 to DGND with a 1μF capacitor. Can supply external  
circuitry(exampleSPIisolatorADuM141EorADuM4154)  
with up to 10mA. Overloading might disrupt LTC2949  
functionality.  
AGND (Pin 18): Analog Ground. Bypass this pin to AVCC  
with a 0.1μF (or greater) capacitor.  
CF1P, CF1M (Pins 44, 43): Filter Capacitor Inputs for the  
first current channel. Connect a 1µF capacitor between  
CF1P and CF1M for filtering differential noise and fast cur-  
rent variations. Connect 0.1µF capacitors between AGND  
and the filter pins for damping high frequency common  
mode variations.  
BYP1 (Pin 16): Internal Supply Voltage. Bypass BYP1 to  
DGND with a 1μF capacitor. BYP1 is regulated to 2.5V. Can  
supply external circuitry (example EEPROM) with up to  
10mA. Overloading might disrupt LTC2949 functionality.  
Rev A  
11  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
PIN FUNCTIONS  
CF2P, CF2M (Pins 39, 40): Filter Capacitor Inputs for the  
second current channel. Connect a 1µF capacitor between  
CFI2P and CFI2M for filtering differential noise and fast  
currentvariations.Connect0.1µFcapacitorsbetweenAGND  
and the filter pins for damping high frequency common  
mode variations.  
preventsLTC2949togoautomaticallyintoSLEEPstateand  
to execute HW memory BIST. Connect a 4.7k-10k pull-up  
resistor from SDA to BYP1 to ensure correct operation of  
auto-sleep and memory BIST.  
SDI/ICMP (Pin 27): Serial Data Input in SPI mode or Iso-  
lated Interface Comparator Voltage Threshold in isoSPI  
mode. Tie ICMP to the resistor divider between IBIAS and  
DGND to set the voltage threshold of the isoSPI receiver  
comparators. The comparator thresholds are set to 1/2  
the voltage on the ICMP pin.  
CLKI (Pin 33): Clock Input. Connect to ground if internal  
clock is used. For improved measurement accuracy, con-  
necta4MHzcrystalbetweenCLKIandCLKOandmatching  
capacitors to ground, or drive with an external clock. See  
the Timebase Control section.  
SDO/I  
(Pin 28): Open Drain Serial Data Output in SPI  
BIAS  
CLKO (Pin 34): Clock Output. Connect a 4MHz crystal  
between CLKO and CLKI if used; leave pin unconnected  
otherwise.  
mode or Isolated Interface Current Bias in isoSPI mode.  
In SPI mode tie with a pullup resistor to IOVCC. In isoSPI  
mode tie IBIAS to DGND through a resistor divider to set  
theinterfaceoutputcurrentlevel.WhentheisoSPIinterface  
is enabled, the IBIAS pin voltage is regulated to 2V. The  
IP/IM output current drive is set to 20 times the current  
IB, sourced from the IBIAS pin.  
CSB/IM (Pin 30): Active Low Chip Select in SPI mode or  
Isolated Interface Negative Input/Output in isoSPI mode.  
DGND (Pin 17): Digital Ground. Connect to AGND.  
DNC (Pins 6, 21, 22, 23, 24, 31, 32, 36, 37, 46): Do  
V1, V2, V3, V4, V5, V6, V7 (Pins 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8):  
Voltage Measurement Inputs. Pins are internally buffered  
before being applied to the AUXADC for ensuring high  
input impedance (50MΩ) and low leakage. Can be left  
floating if unused.  
not connect.  
DVCC (Pin 20): Supply Voltage. Bypass this pin to DGND  
with a 1μF capacitor. Operating range is 4.5V to 14V.  
I1P, I1M (Pins 45, 42): Differential Input of I1ADC and  
overcurrent comparator 1. Tie to AGND if unused.  
V8-V12/GPIO1-GPIO5 (Pins 9, 10, 11, 12, 13): General  
PurposeVoltageInandDigitalOutputs.Pinsareinternally  
buffered before being applied to the AUXADC for ensuring  
high input impedance (50MΩ) and low leakage (<10nA).  
Each pin can be switched to DVCC, switched to DGND or  
to toggle at 400kHz (typ.) between DVCC and DGND. Pins  
are tri-state in sleep mode. Can be left floating if unused.  
I2P, I2M (Pins 38, 41): Differential Input of I2ADC and  
overcurrent comparator 2. Tie to AGND if unused.  
IOVCC (Pin 26): Serial Interface Configuration and Sup-  
ply Pin. Tie pin to DGND for isoSPI communication. Tie  
pin to a voltage ≥1.8V and ≤ 4.5V and bypass with 1µF  
to DGND for standard SPI communication. In SPI mode  
IOVCC supplies the digital input and output circuits of the  
serial interface.  
VBATP VBATM (Pins 48, 47): Battery Voltage Measure-  
,
ment. The differential voltage between VBATP and VBATM  
is internally buffered for ensuring high input impedance  
(50MΩ) and low leakage (<10nA).  
SCK/IP(Pin29):SerialClockInputinSPImodeorIsolated  
Interface Positive Input/Output in isoSPI mode.  
VREF (Pin 35): Reference Voltage Output. VREF provides  
a buffered 3V reference voltage for temperature measure-  
mentswithNTCs. Currentloadislimitedto0.5mA. Bypass  
this pin to AGND with a 1μF capacitor.  
2
SCL (Pin 14): I C Master Clock Open Drain Output. Con-  
nect to clock input of EEPROM.  
2
SDA (Pin 15): I C Data Input And Open Drain Output. Con-  
EXPOSED PAD (Pin 49): Connect to AGND.  
nect to data line of EEPROM. SDA driven low at power up  
Rev A  
12  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
BLOCK DIAGRAM  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢈꢄꢁR  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢂ  
Aꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁAꢁꢂꢀ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃRꢁꢄ  
ꢀꢁRRꢂꢃꢄ ꢅ ꢄꢆRꢂꢇꢆꢈꢉꢊꢇ  
ꢀꢁRRꢂꢃꢄ ꢅ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃ ꢅ ꢀꢆꢆꢇꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃ ꢅ ꢆꢇꢈꢉꢊꢋ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀAꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁRRꢂꢃꢄ ꢅ ꢄRAꢀꢆꢇꢃꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃR ꢄ ꢅꢆRꢃꢇꢆꢁꢈꢉꢇ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃR ꢄ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀ ꢁꢂ ꢃ  
ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃ ꢅ ꢀꢆꢆꢇꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃ ꢅ ꢆꢇꢈꢉꢊꢋ  
ꢀꢁAꢂꢃ  
ꢀAꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃR ꢄ ꢅRAꢆꢇꢈꢉꢊ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃR ꢄ ꢅꢆRꢃꢇꢆꢁꢈꢉꢇ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃR ꢄ  
ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃ ꢅ ꢀꢆꢆꢇꢈ  
ꢀꢁAꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃ ꢅ ꢆꢇꢈꢉꢊꢋ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀAꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃR ꢄ ꢅRAꢆꢇꢈꢉꢊ  
ꢀꢁRRꢂꢃꢄ ꢅ ꢄꢆRꢂꢇꢆꢈꢉꢊꢇ  
ꢀꢁRRꢂꢃꢄ ꢅ  
ꢀ ꢁꢂ ꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃ ꢅ ꢀꢆꢆꢇꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃ ꢅ ꢆꢇꢈꢉꢊꢋ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀAꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁRRꢂꢃꢄ ꢅ ꢄRAꢀꢆꢇꢃꢈ  
ꢀꢁRRꢂꢃꢄ ꢅꢆꢇꢄꢈRꢉ  
ꢀꢁARꢂꢃ ꢄ ꢅ ꢆ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢈꢄꢁR  
ꢀꢁꢀRꢂꢃ ꢄ ꢅ ꢆ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁARꢂꢃ ꢄ ꢃꢅꢃRꢂꢆ ꢇꢁRꢃꢈꢁꢉꢊꢋꢈ  
ꢀꢁARꢂꢃ ꢄ ꢃꢅꢃRꢂꢆ ꢇRAꢀꢈꢉꢅꢂ  
ꢀAꢁꢁꢂRꢃ ꢄꢅAꢇꢂ ꢁꢈRꢂꢉꢈꢅꢆꢊꢉ  
ꢀAꢁꢁꢂRꢃ ꢄꢅAꢇꢂ  
Aꢀꢁꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃ ꢅ ꢆꢇꢈꢉꢊꢋ  
ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃ ꢅ ꢆꢇꢈꢉꢊ  
ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃ ꢅ ꢀꢁꢆꢇ  
Aꢀꢁꢂꢃꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀAꢁꢁꢂRꢃ ꢄꢅAꢇꢂ ꢁRAꢈꢉꢊꢋꢇ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢁRAꢀꢄRꢁ  
Aꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀAꢁꢂ ꢀꢃꢀꢄ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ  
ꢀRꢁꢂꢃꢃ  
ꢀRꢁꢂꢃꢄ  
ꢀRꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃ  
Aꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢀꢀ ꢁꢂꢂ RꢂꢃꢄꢁꢅꢂR ꢆA ꢀꢀꢀ  
Aꢀꢁꢂꢃꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃR  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢃꢄꢃ  
ꢅꢀAꢆꢇꢂꢁꢈꢀꢉꢁ  
Aꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀRꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢃꢄꢅꢀ  
ꢀRꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢃꢄꢅꢆꢀ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃR  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢄAꢀ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢂꢄꢅꢆ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃꢄ ꢅ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢀꢁꢂꢃꢆ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ ꢀꢁꢂꢂ  
Aꢀꢁꢁ  
ꢀRꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁA  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
* Measured value not accessible by user. Only used for internal diagnostics.  
** VREF measurement value is only accessible by user from the AUX slow channel.  
See also section 'Unused Input Pins V1-V12' for recommendation to allow VREF measurement from AUX fast channel.  
See also 'Table 57. MUX Settings' for more details on AUX MUX configuration.  
Rev A  
13  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
OPERATION  
OVERVIEW  
measured in slow mode, and the LTC2949 will set the  
corresponding bit in the Alert Register if a threshold is  
exceeded.Programmableheartbeatfunctionsonuptotwo  
GPIOs allow to signal any enabled alert over an isolation  
barrier, independent of the serial interface. Those pins  
toggle at 400kHz and stop toggling in case of an alert.  
The LTC2949 is a high precision current, voltage, charge  
and energy meter for electrical and hybrid vehicles or  
other applications requiring isolated data acquisition.  
Operating from supply voltages from 4.5 to 14V, it infers  
charge and energy flowing in and out of the battery pack  
by monitoring simultaneously the current through up to  
two sense resistors and the battery pack voltage. Five rail-  
to-rail low-offset ΔΣ ADCs ensure accurate measurement  
of currents, voltage and power with insignificant power  
loss. The LTC2949 uses instantaneous multiplication of  
voltage and current at a high sampling rate to infer ac-  
curately power even in presence of fast load variations.  
Additionally to the inputs for measuring currents and  
battery voltage, the LTC2949 features 12 analog input  
pins (V1 to V12) for measuring external voltages. Using  
its built-in multiplexer, the LTC2949 performs differential  
high input impedance rail-to-rail voltage measurements  
between any pair of input pins. Pins V8 to V12 can be  
configured as high voltage digital outputs, swinging from  
ground to digital supply voltage (DVCC) for controlling  
externalcomponentssuchashighvoltagetransistors.One  
automatic measurement cycle of current, voltage, power,  
temperature, supply voltage and two programmable mul-  
tiplexer settings takes 100ms in slow mode. The LTC2949  
repeatedlyperformssuchmeasurementsandrecalculates  
energy, charge, timeandupdatestheminimum/maximum  
tracking and threshold registers, resulting in continuous  
integration of current and power with lossless tracking  
of charge and energy delivered or received by the battery  
pack. An on-chip oscillator provides a 1% precise time  
baseforcalculatingtotalcharge,energyandtime.Ifhigher  
accuracy is required, a 4MHz crystal connected between  
pin CLKI and CLKO or an external clock can be used.  
The LTC2949 features a programmable analog overcur-  
rent comparator for each current channel for applications  
which require fast detection of overcurrent conditions. A  
programmable deglitch filter allows to discard overcur-  
rent conditions shorter than a predefined time duration*.  
A 3V reference voltage output (VREF) is provided for  
connecting external NTCs or voltage dividers allowing to  
measuresignalsbelowground.Inslowmode,theLTC2949  
provides means for linearizing temperature readings of up  
to two external NTCs by solving Steinhart-Hart equations  
with programmable coefficients. The LTC2949 can be  
configuredtoautomaticallycompensateuser-programmed  
temperature coefficients of low-cost shunt resistors by  
using linearized NTC temperature readings.  
The LTC2949 features programmable gain correction  
factors to compensate for tolerances of external shunt  
2
resistors and resistor dividers. A master I C interface and  
dedicated commands allow to read from and write to an  
externalEEPROMwhichcanbeusedforstoringcalibration  
factors and the entire register content of the LTC2949 to  
guarantee data retention without supply. Storing correc-  
tion factors in an EEPROM enables a modular approach  
to factory-calibration of application boards.  
Athermalshutdowncircuittripsatdietemperaturesabove  
150°C and resets the IC to default state, only the thermal  
shutdown bit itself is not reset.  
Measuredquantitiesarestoredininternalregistersacces-  
sibleviatheonboardSPIorLTC-proprietaryisoSPIinterface  
which allows fully isolated operation of the LTC2949. The  
LTC2949wasdevelopedforcompatibilitywithLinear’sMul-  
ticell Battery Monitors (LTC68XX). Various bus structures  
ineitherSPIorisoSPI,multi-dropand/ordaisychainingare  
possible. The LTC2949 supports a limited set of Linear’s  
Battery Cell Monitor compatible commands for triggering  
synchronous ADC conversions and reading back data.  
For time critical applications, a fast mode is available  
which reduces conversion times to 782µs. Data acquired  
during fast operation is stored in four FIFOs which contain  
each up to 1000 fast ADC readings from 4 synchronously  
measured parameters. Reading data from the FIFO yields  
simultaneouslyconvertedconversionresults,enablingbat-  
teryimpedancetracking,currentprofilingormonitoringof  
other fast events, such as the pre-charging voltage before  
closing contactors. Thresholds can be set for parameters  
*An overcurrent condition is signaled by a dedicated heartbeat pin for fastest response times.  
Rev A  
14  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
OPERATION  
CORE LTC2949  
Digital data acquired in isolated operation is transferred  
over external capacitors or transformers across an isola-  
tion barrier. Bridging potential differences of several kV is  
achieved by choosing appropriate external components.  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢃ  
ꢅꢂꢐAꢄꢑꢒꢂ ꢂꢆꢐꢂ  
ꢓꢅ ꢔꢀꢇ  
ꢍꢎ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢃ ꢋ ꢌ  
ꢍꢎ  
ꢅꢓ ꢕAꢖꢂꢊꢃ  
ꢔꢓꢅꢗꢑRꢉAꢄꢑꢓꢅ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢃ  
All those features enable a wide variety of applications  
beyond current and charge measurement, like measur-  
ing isolation resistance, controlling pre-charge switches,  
signalingalarmconditions,monitoringstateofcontactors,  
etc. The LTC2949 offers various diagnosis functions to  
support functional safety critical systems, see the Safety  
Manual for more information.  
ꢇꢓꢓꢄ  
ꢍꢎ  
Aꢔꢖꢅ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢃ ꢋ ꢌ  
ꢍꢎ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢃ  
ꢃꢓꢕꢂR ꢊꢃ  
ꢍꢎꢇꢓꢓꢄꢏ  
ꢀꢄAꢅꢆꢇꢈ  
ꢉꢂAꢀꢊRꢂ  
ꢀꢀꢜꢓꢄ ꢋ ꢌ  
ꢓR  
ꢔꢓꢅꢄ ꢋ ꢌ  
ꢔꢓꢅ ꢝ ꢆꢓꢅꢂ  
Aꢅꢆ  
ꢔꢓꢅꢄ ꢋ ꢛ  
ꢘꢙꢚꢙ ꢗꢛꢌ  
MODES OF OPERATION  
Core State Description  
Figure 1. LTC2949 Operation State Diagram  
t
willpreventtheLTC2949fromenteringSLEEPstate.  
SLEEP  
When all power supply voltages have risen above their  
UVLO thresholds, the LTC2949 boots up, sets all registers  
to their default state and enters after 1s its default SLEEP  
state with a current consumption of 9µA (typ), prevent-  
ing rapid discharge after insertion when being supplied  
by a battery.  
In SLEEP, internal analog supplies and BYP1 are switched  
off, causing the UVLOA and UVLOD bits to be set when  
the LTC2949 resumes from SLEEP. An internal always-on  
regulatedvoltagesuppliesthememoryandguaranteesdata  
retention during SLEEP. If AVCC or DVCC drop below the  
UVLO threshold, the UVLO bit of the internal always-on  
supply UVLOSTBY is set and a power-on-reset occurs,  
resetting all registers to their default value. In STANDBY  
state, all internal circuitry is active but no measurements  
except the reference voltage (VREF) are being made.  
From STANDBY, the LTC2949 can be instructed to go into  
MEASURE state by setting the single shot (SSHOT) or  
continuous (CONT) bit in the Operations Control Register  
OPCTRL.  
In SLEEP state, all GPIOs are tri-state and the LTC2949  
monitorstheserialinterfaceandinitiatesthebootsequence  
on a falling edge of CSB in SPI mode. In isoSPI mode the  
isoSPIinterfacemustfirstbewokenupbyawake-uppulse  
before a pulse generating a negative edge on the internal  
CSB can be sent. During the boot sequence, the host can  
polltheSLEEPbitintheOperationControlRegistertocheck  
thattheLTC2949isawakeandinSTANDBYmode(seealso  
Figure 20 about Wake-Up and Boot procedure). LTC2949  
isoSPI State Description  
enters STANDBY state maximum 100ms (t  
) after the  
BOOT  
first falling edge of CSB. In STANDBY state all reference  
voltages are powered up and a clock is provided to digital  
circuits.TheLTC2949automaticallyreturnstoSLEEPstate  
if no wake up confirmation command is received within 1  
If the IOVCC pin is tied to a supply voltage ≥1.8V, the  
LTC2949 operates in normal SPI mode and IOVCC sup-  
plies the receiving circuit and output driving circuit for all  
SPI signals.  
second (t  
) after entering STANDBY state. Wake up is  
ACKN  
Tying IOVCC to DGND enables the isoSPI port. The isoSPI  
port has three different states: IDLE, READY and ACTIVE.  
In IDLE state, the isoSPI port is powered down. Only  
confirmed by writing 0x00 to register WKUPACK.  
The LTC2949 enters SLEEP state ~200ms (t  
) after  
SLEEP  
receivingasleepcommand.AnegativeedgeonCSBduring  
Rev A  
15  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
OPERATION  
differential activity on IP-IM generates a wake-up signal  
ꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢀ ꢌꢊꢍꢎ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
and the isoSPI port will enter READY state after t  
READY  
(10µs) and be ready to send or receive data. The current  
consumption increases by several mA in READY. When  
communication takes place the isoSPI port is in ACTIVE  
state and supply current rises further depending on clock  
frequency. In order to save power the isoSPI port enters  
IDLE state when there has been no differential activity on  
ꢔAꢕꢃꢑꢌ ꢋꢀꢖꢗAꢂ  
ꢒꢎ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ ꢆꢀꢏꢃꢐꢑꢆ  
ꢒꢎ  
RꢃAꢁꢄ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
RꢃAꢁꢄ  
Aꢅꢆꢀꢇꢃ  
ꢗꢐ Aꢅꢆꢀꢇꢀꢆꢄ ꢐꢗ  
ꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢀ ꢌꢐRꢆ  
IP-IM for more than t  
(6.4ms typ.). Communication  
IDLE  
ꢆRAꢗꢋꢏꢀꢆꢝRꢃꢅꢃꢀꢇꢃ  
to the LTC2949 core is only possible if the isoSPI port is  
not in IDLE state. This means that even when the LTC2949  
coreisinSTANDBYorMEASUREstateandtheisoSPIport  
is in IDLE state, communication can only take place 10µs  
ꢘꢙꢚꢙ ꢛꢜꢘ  
(t ) after differential activity on IP-IM.  
READY  
Figure 2. isoSPI State Diagram  
Figure 2 displays the sequence of states which the isoSPI  
interface and the LTC2949 core go through from waking  
up the interface until effectuating ADC measurements.  
See also Figure 20 for recommended wake-up sequence  
implementations.  
CH1 and CH2 can be individually set to an 18-bit high  
precision mode (slow mode, default) or a 15-bit fast  
mode. Activating fast mode reduces conversion times  
from 100ms to 782µs on the selected channel. The power  
ADCs can be individually configured as voltage ADCs by  
disabling the power multiplication after the input buffers  
by setting the corresponding Power as Voltage (PasV) bit  
in ADC Configuration Register (ADCCONF).  
DATA ACQUISITION CHANNELS  
The LT2949 has two current ADCs (I1ADC, I2ADC), two  
power ADCs (P1ADC, P2ADC) and one Auxiliary ADC  
(AUXADC). I1ADC and P1ADC are grouped together and  
form data acquisition channel 1 (CH1), I2ADC and P2ADC  
form channel 2 (CH2) and the AUXADC together with  
auxiliary multiplexer (AUXMUX), die-temperature sensor  
and supply voltage sensor form channel AUX (CHAUX).  
Slow, High Precision Mode  
By default, LTC2949’s acquisition channels are in slow  
high precision mode where conversions of CH1 or CH2  
take 100ms and yield 18-bit conversion results of current  
and power or current and voltage, if PasV set. During  
these 100ms the auxiliary channel (CHAUX) measures  
ꢓꢁꢀꢈꢇRꢎ ꢏAꢐꢃꢍꢋꢊꢠ  
ꢏRꢇꢂꢃ ꢚꢡꢚ ꢂꢁ ꢏꢐꢋꢊAꢓꢐ  
ꢌꢂARꢂ ꢎꢃAꢌꢋRꢃꢎꢃꢀꢠ  
ꢏRꢇꢂꢃ ꢚꢡꢚꢢ ꢂꢁ ꢁꢊꢓꢂRꢉ  
ꢓꢌꢔꢙꢚ  
ꢓꢌꢔꢙꢛ  
ꢆAꢂA ꢉAꢖꢃR  
ꢇꢊꢍꢇꢎ  
ꢓꢌꢔꢙꢚ  
ꢓꢌꢔꢙꢛ  
ꢆꢏꢃꢉꢉ  
ꢆꢏꢃꢉꢉ  
ꢏAꢐꢃ  
ꢇꢆꢉꢃ  
RꢃAꢆꢖ  
ꢇꢆꢉꢃ  
RꢃAꢆꢖ  
ꢇꢆꢉꢃ  
RꢃAꢆꢖ  
ꢇꢆꢉꢃ  
RꢃAꢆꢖ  
Aꢓꢂꢇꢗꢃ  
RꢃAꢆꢖ  
ꢇꢆꢉꢃ  
ꢟꢑꢒꢌꢊꢇ ꢌꢂAꢂꢃ  
ꢓꢁRꢃ ꢌꢂAꢂꢃ  
ꢔꢁꢁꢂ  
ꢇꢆꢉꢃꢧꢓꢁRꢃ  
ꢌꢉꢃꢃꢊ  
ꢌꢂAꢀꢆꢔꢖ  
ꢎꢃAꢌꢋRꢃ  
ꢣꢤꢥꢤ ꢈꢚꢦ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ ꢂꢅAꢂ ꢂꢅꢃ ꢆꢇꢈꢈꢃRꢃꢀꢂꢇAꢉ ꢊꢋꢉꢌꢃ ꢁꢀ ꢇꢊꢍꢇꢎ ꢂꢁ ꢏAꢐꢃꢍꢋꢊ ꢂꢅꢃ ꢇꢑꢒꢌꢊꢇ ꢇꢀꢂꢃRꢈAꢓꢃ ꢓAꢀ ꢔꢃ RꢃAꢉꢇꢕꢃꢆ ꢔꢖ A ꢓꢌꢔ ꢆRꢇꢗꢃ ꢉꢁꢏ ꢊꢋꢉꢌꢃ ꢘꢓꢌꢔ ꢙ ꢚ ꢈꢁꢉꢉꢁꢏ ꢔꢖ ꢓꢌꢔ ꢙ ꢛꢜꢝ  
Figure 3. Timing of IsoSPI and Core States  
Rev A  
16  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
OPERATION  
sequentially six different quantities using its Round Robin  
(RR) mode starting with VBATP – VBATM (BAT) then die-  
temperature (TEMP), AVCC supply voltage (VCC), two  
AUXMUX inputs (SLOT1 and SLOT2), selectable by the  
Multiplexer Setting Registers and finally the Reference  
Voltage(VREF). Furthermore, amovingaverageofthelast  
four measurements of IADC1 and IADC2 in slow mode is  
provided, yielding a 20-bit result. In slow, high precision  
mode a single conversion or continuous conversions can  
be triggered. The continuous slow mode (CONT) is the  
most typical operation and also the prerequisite to make  
fast conversions.  
In continuous measurement mode, the host can poll for  
the end of a measurement cycle by periodically checking  
the corresponding time registers (TB1, TB2, TB3 or TB4)  
for incrementation.  
Accessing High Precision Results  
At the end of each measurement cycle of 100ms, all result  
register for the measured quantities are updated; in con-  
tinuous mode, accumulated quantities are updated also.  
Furthermore, the four preceding measurements of each  
current channel are stored in Current History Registers  
and their average in Current Average Registers, see the  
Register Map section for more details. The completion  
of register updates of the measurement results can be  
detected by reading one of the time registers (TB1-TB4)  
and looking for a changed value.  
Single Shot Measurement Mode (SSHOT)  
When bit SSHOT in the Operation Control Register is set,  
the LTC2949 takes measurements of CH1 and CH2 as  
well as the six auxiliary channel measurements described  
above, updates the corresponding minimum, maximum  
and threshold registers, resets bit SSHOT, sets the bit  
UPDATE in Status Register and returns to the STANDBY  
state.Notimemeasurementsaremadeandthechargeand  
energy registers are not updated and therefore not com-  
pared against minimum/maximum thresholds. The host  
can poll the UPDATE bit in the STATUS Register to detect  
thecompletionofthemeasurementcycle.Ameasurement  
Fast Mode  
The LTC2949 provides a fast mode with a reduced conver-  
sion time of 782µs and a resolution of 15-bit. Fast mode  
allows to start measurements at a precise point in time  
andtherebyperformmeasurementssynchronizedwiththe  
voltage measurements of LTC’s Battery Stack Monitors,  
for example to deduce cell impedance of individual cells.  
starts within 20ms (t  
) after setting bit SSHOT.  
IDLE_CORE  
Fast Mode Configurations  
The LTC2949 allows to set data acquisition channel 2 in  
fast mode while data acquisition channel 1 stays in slow  
high precision mode or to set both data acquisition chan-  
nels 1 and 2 in fast mode by setting the corresponding bit  
FACH1 or FACH2 in the Fast Control Register (FACTRL).  
The auxiliary channel can be set to fast mode indepen-  
dently of CH1 and CH2, converting only a single quantity  
(selected by the Fast MUX Control Registers) instead of  
Round-Robin (RR).  
Continuous Measurement Mode (CONT)  
When the bit CONT in the Operation Control is set, the  
LTC2949repeatedlytakesmeasurementsofCH1andCH2as  
wellasthesixauxiliarychannelmeasurements,recalculates  
energy, charge, time and updates the minimum/maximum  
tracking and status registers every 100ms. The start of  
continuous high precision measurements can take up to  
20ms (t  
) after setting bit CONT. The current and  
IDLE_CORE  
power ADCs run continuously in this mode, ensuring that  
nochargeorenergyismissed. IfapowerADCisconfigured  
to measure voltage (PasV), the energy of the correspond-  
ing channel is not accumulated. The LTC2949 remains in  
continuous mode until bit CONT of the Operation Control  
Register is reset by the user. If the SSHOT bit is set while  
in continuous mode, the LTC2949 completes the current  
measurement cycle and then enters single shot mode,  
clearing the CONT bit in the Operation Control Register.  
To enable short startup delays, the LTC2949 must be in  
continuousmode(CONT=1)beforetriggeringfastconver-  
sions. FastmeasurementsaretriggeredeitherbyanADCV  
command (fast single shot) or by setting bit FACONV in  
the Fast Control Register (FACTRL). The ADCV command  
triggers a single fast conversion of the selected channels  
right after the correct PEC is received, synchronous to  
Rev A  
17  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
OPERATION  
LTC’s Battery Stack Monitors. If fast measurements are  
triggered by setting FACONV=1, LTC2949 executes a  
sequence of fast conversions until FACONV or CONT is  
reset. Samples acquired during fast continuous mode are  
storedinindividualFIFOsforuptofourfastinputchannels  
(I1, I2, BAT via P1 or P2 and AUX).  
since the whole FIFO was read (0x55, default), or has  
been overwritten because the FIFO was filled without  
being read (0xAA). The other FIFOs present the respec-  
tive quantities accordingly. All tags are initialized to their  
default value (0x55), if fast conversions are triggered by  
an ADCV command (while FACONV = 0) or by setting  
FACONV. Also leaving the continuous mode by resetting  
CONT will clear the FIFOs.  
CH1 and CH2 automatically restart in slow high precision  
mode after completion of joint fast mode conversions. If  
CH2 was in fast mode while CH1 continued in slow high  
precisionmode, CH2willstopconvertingaftercompletion  
offastmodeacquisitionsreadytoperformfurtherfastmode  
conversionswhenrequestedeitherbyanADCVcommand  
or by setting FACONV again. The auxiliary channel slow  
mode Round-Robin (BAT, TEMP, VCC, SLOT1, SLOT2,  
VREF)isautomaticallyrestartedafterallfastmeasurements  
werestoppedfor300ms. Inapplicationswerecontinuous  
high AUX measurement rates (faster than every 100ms)  
are required, it is recommended to measure also VREF  
and optionally VCC via external connections to V1-V12  
and implement a manual Round-Robin by fast single shot  
measurements in software.  
The LSB sizes of the fast conversion results are the same  
for the RDCV and FIFO readings and are listed in Table 28.  
When CH1 and CH2 are both in fast mode, 128 conversion  
results of IADC1 and IADC2 are averaged and stored in  
theirrespectivenon-accumulatedresultsregistersCurrent1  
and Current2 and are added to the Charge1 and Charge2  
registers ensuring that battery charge and discharge is  
monitored also in fast mode.  
Similarly 128 conversion results of PADC1 and PADC2  
with 11 bit resolution are averaged and stored in their  
respective non-accumulated results registers Power1 at  
and Power2 and are added to the Energy1 and Energy2  
registersifthePADCsareinPowerMode(PasV=0). IfCH1  
isinslowmodeandCH2infastmode, onlyCH1resultsare  
reported in the Current and Power results registers, CH2  
results can be accessed via RDCV or the respective FIFOs.  
Accessing Fast Mode Results  
The last results of fast conversions can be read out by  
the RDCV command providing sequentially the results of  
I1, I2, BAT via P1 or P2 and AUX followed by an indica-  
tor if the data is new (0xF) or old (0x0). BAT is the result  
of the power ADC, if the ADC is set in voltage mode (bit  
PasV=1), otherwise, the power ADC result is 0. If both  
channels are in fast mode with their power ADCs in volt-  
age mode, BAT is obtained from PADC1. Please note that  
to be compliant with LTCs Battery Stack Monitors, RDCV  
reports LSByte first.  
Recommended Configurations of Data Acquisition  
Channels  
Inatypicalapplicationcase,bothdataacquisitionchannels  
offeredbyLTC2949couldmonitorthecurrentoverasingle  
shunt resistor, where CH1 is used to do high precision  
current and power measurements and charge and energy  
integration, while channel two takes fast snapshots of cur-  
rentandvoltageforexampleforimpedancemeasurement.  
Furthermore, the last 1000 fast conversion results of I1,  
I2, BAT via P1 or P2 and AUX are stored in First-In-First-  
Out Registers accessible by FIFOI1, FIFOI2, FIFOBAT and  
FIFOAUX. Reading continuously from FIFOI1 provides  
successively 3 bytes for each sample of the first current  
ADC: I1 MSB, I1 LSB and a qualifier (TAG) whether the  
corresponding FIFO data is fine (0x00), has been already  
read because no new data has been added to the FIFO  
Alternatively, the two data acquisition channels offered  
by LTC2949 might be used to monitor currents over two  
different shunt resistors. In this application case, both  
channelsmightbeusedineitherfastorslowmode.CHAUX  
can be configured fully independently from CH1 and CH2.  
The default mode of AUXADC is RR, which is deactivated  
by enabling fast mode on CHAUX.  
Rev A  
18  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
OPERATION  
Table 1. Acquisition Channels Configurations  
Dual Shunt Fast Measurement Configuration  
SINGLE SHUNT  
Slow  
DUAL SHUNT  
CH1 and CH2 are both set to fast mode by setting bits  
FACONV, FACH1 and FACH2. Charge is accumulated by  
summing up 15-bit current results, energy by summing  
up 11 bit power results.  
CH1  
CH2  
Slow  
Slow  
Fast  
Fast  
Fast  
CHAUX  
RR/Fast  
RR/Fast  
RR/Fast  
One conversion takes 782µs and a new RR cycle is started  
afterevery100ms. Thisconfigurationfitstoanapplication  
where two shunt resistors are used and fast current, volt-  
age and power is required. E.g.: Fast impedance tracking  
or measuring pre-charge voltage and current.  
Single Shunt Configuration  
If only one external shunt is used, CH1 can be used to  
perform continuous high precision integrated charge and  
energy measurements, while CH2 is used to perform fast  
measurements synchronized with LTC's Battery Stack  
Monitors. By setting bit CONT in the Operation Control  
Register (OPCTRL) and bit FACH2 in the Fast Control  
Register (FACTRL), CH1 will effectuate consecutive slow  
measurements, while CH2 is available for fast measure-  
ments triggered by an ADCV command. Measurements  
of CH1 and its integrated quantities are updated every  
100ms while CH2 results can be read out with an RDCV  
command or obtained from the FIFO registers, in case of  
fast continuous (FACONV) operation.  
POWER MEASUREMENT  
The LTC2949 measures power with additional ADCs that  
multiply voltage (VBATP – VBATM) and current at the full  
5.24MHzsamplingfrequency,priortoanyaveragingdueto  
the analog-to-digital conversion. This maintains accuracy  
even if current and voltage change in phase during the  
100ms conversion time, which can happen if the power  
is drawn from a battery with significant impedance. Figure  
4 shows an example of the BAT voltage dropping from 4V  
to 3V due to battery impedance when an AC current is  
drawn by the load. In this example, the multiplication of  
average current with average voltage would lead to a +8%  
error in the calculated power as the voltage is significantly  
lower than the average voltage at the moments where the  
peak current is drawn. The scheme used by the LTC2949  
avoids this error, maintaining specified accuracy with  
signals up to 50kHz.  
Dual Shunt High Precision Configuration  
For dual shunt applications that require continuous un-  
interrupted high precision coulomb counting and energy  
measurement CH1 and CH2 should be both configured to  
slow high precision mode by setting bit CONT in OPCTRL.  
Conversions on CH1 and CH2 take 100ms and a new RR  
cycleofCHAUXisstartedateverystartofconversionofCH1.  
If fast voltage data is required, the AUXADC can be config-  
ured for fast mode without interrupting charge and energy  
accumulation on CH1 and CH2. After setting bits FACONV  
and FACHA the AUXADC immediately stops RR mode and  
continuously measures a single quantity selected by the  
FastMUXControlRegisters.DataiswrittentotheFIFOAUX.  
AfterclearingbitFACHAtheAUXADCautomaticallyreturns  
to RR operation (after 300ms). Measurements of VREF,  
internal die temperature and VCC are only available if RR  
is enabled. Alternatively, external connections to V1-V12  
can be applied to measure VREF and VCC (via an external  
resistive divider) also in fast mode.  
ꢑꢒꢈ  
ꢓꢒꢑ  
ꢓꢒꢈ  
ꢔꢒꢑ  
ꢔꢒꢈ  
ꢕꢒꢑ  
ꢕꢒꢈ  
ꢖꢕꢈ  
ꢖꢈꢈ  
ꢗꢈ  
ꢘꢈ  
ꢓꢈ  
ꢕꢈ  
ꢀꢁAꢄꢅ ꢆꢀꢇAꢃꢈꢉꢀꢇAꢃꢊꢋ  
ꢀꢁRRꢂꢃꢄ ꢅꢆꢇꢈꢆꢉꢊ  
ꢈꢒꢖ ꢈꢒꢕ ꢈꢒꢔ ꢈꢒꢓ ꢈꢒꢑ ꢈꢒꢘ ꢈꢒꢛ ꢈꢒꢗ ꢈꢒꢙ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ ꢄꢅꢆꢇ  
ꢕꢙꢓꢙ ꢚꢈꢓ  
Figure 4. Power Measurement of Transient Signals  
Rev A  
19  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
OPERATION  
CHARGE, ENERGY AND TIME  
ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢄ  
The LTC2949 integrates the current and power measure-  
ments over time to calculate charge and energy flowing  
to the load. It also keeps track of total accumulated time  
used for the integration.  
ꢂꢀꢓꢔ  
ꢂꢀꢓꢕ  
ꢃꢄꢅꢄ ꢖꢍꢗ  
ꢆꢇ  
ꢘꢘꢙꢖ  
ꢘꢘꢙꢖ  
ForthequantitieschargeandenergytheLTC2949provides  
three sets of registers each, for the quantity "time" four  
register sets.  
ꢆꢇꢈ Aꢉꢀꢊꢃꢋꢅꢌꢍꢍꢍꢎꢏꢐꢋꢑꢅꢒꢋꢁ  
Charge1, Energy1 and Time1 contain accumulated quan-  
tities of Channel1. Charge2, Energy2 and Time2 contain  
accumulated quantities of Channel2. Charge3 and Time3  
contain the sum of charges monitored by Channel1 and  
Channel2 and the corresponding time. Similarly Energy4  
and Time4 contain the sum of energies monitored by  
Channel1 and Channel2 and the corresponding time. See  
the Accumulated Result Registers section in the Register  
Map description for more details.  
Figure 5. Reference Clock with a 4MHz Crystal  
nal clock to the external frequency and represents Time,  
Charge, and Energy as multiples of the external clock pe-  
riod. To accommodate the large range of allowed external  
frequencies, an internal prescaler must be configured via  
the Timebase Control Register.  
The prescaler consists of 2 stages, with the first divid-  
PRE  
ing the external frequency f  
by a factor 2 , and the  
REF  
second by a factor DIV. PRE is set between 0 and 5 with  
bits [2:0] of the Timebase Control Register. PRE should  
be configured such that the external frequency divided by  
is less than 1MHz as shown in Table 2:  
Table 2. Parameter PRE with External Clock  
Each register set can be separately configured to accumu-  
late current and power based on the sign of the measured  
current.Aminimumcurrentthresholdcanalsobesetbelow  
which integration is stopped. See the Control Registers  
section in the Register Map description for more details.  
PRE  
2
fREF  
PRE  
2PRE  
1
PRE[2:0]  
000  
0.1MHz ≤ f ≤ 1MHz  
0
1
2
3
4
5
7
Time Base  
REF  
1MHz ≤ f ≤ 2MHz  
2
001  
REF  
Accurately measuring charge and energy by integrating  
current and power requires a precise integration period.  
The LTC2949 uses either a trimmed internal oscillator or  
an external clock as the time base for determining the in-  
tegration period. It can use either an external square wave  
clock in a frequency range between 100kHz and 25MHz  
or a 4MHz crystal as external clock input. If an external  
square wave is used, it should be connected to the CLKI  
pin and the CLKO pin should be left unconnected.  
2MHz ≤ f ≤ 4MHz  
4
010  
REF  
4MHz ≤ f ≤ 8MHz  
8
011  
REF  
8MHz ≤ f ≤ 16MHz  
16  
32  
100  
REF  
16MHz ≤ f ≤ 25MHz  
101  
REF  
Internal  
111  
The second stage of the prescaler then divides the result  
by a factor DIV. DIV is set between 0 and 31 by bits [7:3]  
of the Time Base Control Register. DIV should be set to the  
next lower integer value of the ratio between the output  
Figure5showstherecommendedcircuitifacrystalisused  
to generate the reference clock. In case the internal clock  
is used, tie CLKI to ground and leave CLKO unconnected.  
PRE  
of the first stage of the prescaler (f _1 = f /2 ) and  
REF  
REF  
32768Hz or, in other terms:  
fREF  
DIV = floor  
Timebase Control  
PRE  
2
32768Hz  
The LTC2949 uses the internal oscillator by default. If  
an external clock or a crystal is used, the PRE and DIV  
parameters in the Timebase Control Register need to be  
set appropriately. The LTC2949 then compares its inter-  
If a crystal is used, the values are: PRE = 2, DIV = 30. The  
Quick Eval™ Software for the LTC2949 contains an easy  
to use calculator for these parameters. Table 3 gives a few  
examples for common frequencies.  
Rev A  
20  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
OPERATION  
Table 3. Timebase Settings for Common Frequencies  
Bits OCCxPOLx control the polarity sensitivity of the  
comparator as in Table 5.  
Table 5. OCC Polarity Configuration  
TIME BASE  
fREF [MHz] PRE 2PRE fREF_1[MHz] DIV CONTROL [7:0]  
1
1.5  
4
0
1
2
4
5
5
7
1
2
1
30  
22  
30  
19  
19  
23  
X
1111 0000  
1011 0001  
1111 0010  
1001 1100  
1001 1101  
1011 1101  
XXXX X111  
OCCxPOL1  
OCCxPOL0  
POLARITY  
Both Polarities  
0.75  
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
4
Positive Currents  
Negative Currents  
10  
20  
25  
Int.  
16  
32  
32  
0.625  
0.625  
0.781  
The thresholds of the overcurrent comparators can be  
programmed individually by means of the OCCxDACx bits  
between 0 and 310mV.  
Table 6. OCC Thresholds  
Threshold  
OVERCURRENT COMPARATORS  
The LTC2949 features two fast differential over-current  
comparators with rail to rail input common mode and  
programmable threshold followed by configurable filters  
to suppress input glitches. Overcurrent comparator 1  
(OCC1)isconnectedtopinsI1PandI1Mwhileovercurrent  
comparator 2 (OCC2) supervises the differential voltage  
between I2P and I2M. Both overcurrent comparators can  
individually be configured to detect either only positive or  
only negative overcurrents or overcurrents independent  
of their polarity. When at least one of the overcurrent  
comparators is enabled, GPIO5 turns into a heartbeat  
signal toggling at 400kHz while currents are within the  
desired range and staying low if any current exceeds its  
programmed limit.  
OCCxDAC2  
OCCxDAC1  
OCCxDAC0  
[mV]  
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
26  
52  
78  
103  
155  
207  
310  
Similarly,thedurationofathresholdexceedingnotreported  
bythecomparator(DeglitchTime)canbeprogrammedby  
the bits OCCxDGLTx between 20µs to 1.28ms.  
Table 7. OCC Deglitch Time  
The overcurrent comparator 1 (OCC1) between I1P and  
I1M is controlled by the control register OCC1CTRL  
while overcurrent comparator 2 (OCC2) is controlled by  
its control register at OCC2CTRL, both on page 0 of the  
register map. Both OCC Control Registers are organized  
as shown in Table 4.  
OCCxDGLT1  
OCCxDGLT0  
DEGLITCH TIME [µs]  
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
20  
80  
320  
1280  
Table 4. Overcurrent Comparator Control Registers  
Overcurrents are reported by setting OCC1 and OCC2 of  
VCC and OCC Status Register (STATVCC) and by stop-  
ping the heartbeat signal on GPIO5. While the update of  
the output register can take up to 100ms, the heartbeat  
is stopped within 15µs after an overcurrent exceeded the  
programmeddeglitchtime.Onceanovercurrentoccurred,  
the result bits in the register remain set until they are read  
by the host and subsequently cleared.  
BIT #  
NAME  
OCCxEN  
FUNCTION  
Enable OCC  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
OCCxDAC0  
OCCxDAC1  
OCCxDAC2  
OCCxDGLT0  
OCCxDGLT1  
OCCxPOL0  
OCCxPOL1  
Threshold DAC[0]  
Threshold DAC[1]  
Threshold DAC[2]  
Deglitch [0]  
Deglitch [1]  
Polarity [0]  
For diagnostic purposes, the overcurrent comparators  
have a self-test built in using test input signals IPT and  
IMT, see the Safety Manual for more information.  
Polarity [1]  
The overcurrent comparators are enabled by setting the  
respective OCCxEN to 1.  
Rev A  
21  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
SERIAL INTERFACES  
SERIAL INTERFACES OVERVIEW  
A second interface composed by pins 14 and 15 is a mas-  
2
ter I C interface, allowing to save and restore LTC2949’s  
LTC2949hastwoserialinterfaces,oneforcommunication  
withthehostandasecondtoaddressanexternalEEPROM.  
The interface for host communication is composed by  
pins 27 through 30 and can be configured to be either  
a standard 4-wire serial peripheral interface (SPI) or a  
2-wire isolated interface (isoSPI) based on the voltage  
of the IOVCC pin. Regardless of which configuration is  
selected, the LTC2949 acts as an SPI slave. The LTC2949  
can be operated in addressable mode (SPI & isoSPI) or  
as last element of a daisy chain of LTC68xx Cell Monitors  
(isoSPI only).  
register content to and from an external EEPROM see  
the External EEPROM Control Register section for more  
information.  
4-WIRE SERIAL PERIPHERAL INTERFACE (SPI)  
PHYSICAL LAYER  
ConnectingpinIOVCCtoasupplyvoltage1.8Vconfigures  
the serial port for 4-wire SPI. Logic input thresholds and  
output swings are set by the voltage at the IOVCC pin,  
which should be connected to the same supply as the SPI  
master device. A 1µF bypass capacitor is recommended  
from IOVCC to DGND. The pin SDI is often referred to  
as MOSI, the pin SDO as MISO. The 4-wire serial port is  
configured to operate in a SPI system using CPHA = 1 and  
CPOL=1.Consequently,dataonSDImustbestableduring  
the rising edge of SCK and data on SDO will be updated on  
the falling edge of SCK. The timing is depicted in Figure 7.  
The maximum data rate is 1Mbps. See Electrical Charac-  
teristics. SDO is open drain and requires a pull-up.  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢃ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢄ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢀ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁ ꢃꢄꢅ  
Figure 6. 4-Wire SPI External Connections  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢃꢄ  
ꢃꢈ  
ꢃꢎ  
ꢃꢋ  
ꢃꢐ  
ꢃꢍꢑꢑꢑꢃꢇ  
ꢃꢈ  
ꢁꢀꢅ  
ꢀꢃꢆ  
ꢃꢇ  
ꢃꢈ  
ꢃꢎ  
ꢃꢋ  
ꢃꢐ  
ꢃꢍꢑꢑꢑꢃꢇ  
ꢃꢈ  
ꢎꢙꢇꢙ ꢚꢐꢍ  
ꢒRꢓꢔꢄꢆꢕꢀ ꢁꢆꢖꢖAꢗꢃ  
ꢁꢕRRꢓꢗꢘ ꢁꢆꢖꢖAꢗꢃ  
Figure 7. Timing Diagram of 4-Wire Serial Peripheral Interface  
Rev A  
22  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
SERIAL INTERFACES  
2-WIRE ISOLATED INTERFACE (ISOSPI) PHYSICAL  
LAYER  
through an external transformer. Capacitive coupling with  
10nF capacitors could also be used, but has a very limited  
common mode noise rejection (only for low frequencies)  
and is only recommended for short single PCB intercon-  
nections with limited voltage transients at the isolation  
barrier. Additional clamping Schottky diodes might be  
necessary from IP and IM to VCC and GND. Standard SPI  
signals are encoded into differential pulses. The strength  
of the transmission pulse and the threshold level of the  
receiver are set by two external resistors. The values of  
the resistors allow the user to trade off power dissipation  
for noise immunity. Figure 9 illustrates how the isoSPI  
Tying IOVCC to local chip ground enables the isoSPI  
2-wire interface which allows fully isolated operation of  
theLTC2949.The2-wireinterfaceprovidesmeanstocom-  
municate to LTC2949 using simple twisted pair cabling.  
An LTC6820 should be used for translating standard SPI  
signals from the SPI master into pulses that are sent over  
an isolation barrier to the LTC2949.  
Theinterfaceisdesignedforlowpacketerrorrateswhenthe  
cabling is subjected to high RF fields. Isolation is achieved  
ꢄꢅꢆꢇAꢈꢄꢆꢉ ꢊARRꢄꢋR  
ꢂꢃꢃꢄꢅꢆ  
ꢜꢂ  
ꢂꢃꢃ  
ꢃꢃ  
ꢄꢏ  
ꢅꢃꢘ  
ꢄꢏ  
ꢄꢎ  
ꢄꢏ  
ꢐꢗꢗ  
ꢐꢗꢗ  
ꢄꢎ  
ꢃꢅꢊ  
ꢃꢅꢊ  
ꢃꢒꢓꢔꢓ  
ꢄꢆꢂꢃꢃ  
ꢃꢕꢖꢒꢗ  
ꢌꢉꢍ  
ꢙꢃ  
ꢔꢛꢜꢂꢝꢐꢔꢂ  
ꢄꢊꢄAꢅ  
ꢄꢊꢄAꢅ  
ꢎꢆꢅꢄ  
ꢎꢆꢅꢄ  
ꢐꢑ  
ꢐꢑ  
ꢐꢑ  
ꢄꢃꢎꢏ  
ꢄꢃꢎꢏ  
ꢎꢄꢅꢆ  
ꢎꢄꢅꢆ  
ꢐꢑ  
ꢌꢉꢍ  
ꢌꢉꢍꢄꢅꢆ  
ꢒꢓꢔꢓ ꢚꢗꢖ  
Figure 8. isoSPI Physical Layer  
ꢊꢀꢁꢂꢁ  
ꢉꢇꢙꢋꢀ  
ꢍꢢꢣ  
ꢍꢢꢣ  
ꢅꢊꢆꢋ  
ꢌꢍ ꢎ ꢏꢐꢑꢒꢉ  
ꢡAꢠꢘꢟꢋ  
ꢊꢅRꢊꢟꢅꢚ  
ꢅꢗꢓꢘ  
ꢅꢗꢓꢘ  
ꢚꢛ ꢝ ꢀꢄ ꢝ ꢅ  
ꢚꢛ ꢜ ꢎꢏ  
ꢚꢛ ꢜ ꢄ  
ꢅꢋ  
ꢈꢗꢔ  
ꢓꢔꢕꢅꢊ  
Aꢖꢗ  
ꢆꢘꢆꢔRꢙ  
ꢚꢛ ꢜ ꢞꢏ  
ꢈꢗꢅ  
ꢈꢊꢠ  
ꢊꢈꢇ  
R
ꢋꢟꢓꢈꢘ  
ꢅꢆ  
ꢘꢖꢊꢔꢗꢘRꢌ  
ꢗꢘꢊꢔꢗꢘR  
Rꢛ ꢜ ꢎꢏ  
Rꢛ ꢜ ꢄ  
ꢅꢇꢅAꢈ  
ꢅꢊꢆꢋ  
Rꢛ ꢜ ꢞꢏ  
ꢀꢉ  
R
R
ꢇꢏ  
ꢏꢉ ꢝ R  
ꢇꢀ  
ꢊꢔꢆꢋARAꢚꢔR ꢚꢤRꢘꢈꢤꢔꢓꢗ ꢜ  
R
ꢇꢏ  
ꢎ R  
ꢇꢀ  
ꢄꢥꢢꢛ  
ꢇꢀ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁ ꢃꢄꢁ  
Figure 9. isoSPI Interface  
Rev A  
23  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
SERIAL INTERFACES  
circuit operates. A 2V reference drives the IBIAS pin. Ex-  
IBIAS is held at 2V, causing a current I to flow out of the  
B
ternal resistors R and R create the reference current  
IBIAS pin. The IP and IM pin drive currents are 20 • I .  
B1  
B2  
B
I . This current sets the drive strength of the transmitter.  
B
As an example, if divider resistor R is 2.8k and resistor  
B1  
R
and R also form a voltage divider of the 2V refer-  
B1  
B2  
R
B2  
is 1.21k (so that R  
= 4k), then:  
BIAS  
ence at the ICMP pin. This sets the threshold voltage of  
the receiver circuit.  
2V  
RB1+RB2  
IB =  
=0.5mA  
Waking Up the isoSPI Port  
I
DRV =I =I =20IB =10mA  
IP IM  
The isoSPI port has 3 modes of operation, IDLE, READY  
and ACTIVE as described in the section isoSPI State De-  
scription. In IDLE, the WAKEUP circuit monitors activity  
on pins IP and IM. Differential activity on IP-IM wakes up  
the isoSPI interface. The isoSPI port will return to the low  
power IDLE state if there is no activity on IP/IM for a time  
RB2  
RB1+RB2  
VICMP =2V •  
=IB •RB2 =603mV  
VTCMP =0.5VICMP =302mV  
Inthisexample,thepulsedrivecurrentIDRVwillbe10mA,  
andthereceivercomparatorswilldetectpulseswithIP-IM  
amplitudes greater than 302mV. If the isolation barrier  
uses 1:1 transformers connected by a twisted pair and  
terminated with 100Ω resistors on each end, then the  
transmitted differential signal amplitude ( ) will be:  
of t . The LTC2949 will be ready to communicate when  
IDLE  
the core is not in SLEEP and the isoSPI state changes  
to READY (within t after wakeup) as illustrated in  
READY  
Figure 3. Common mode signals will not wake up the  
serial interface. The interface is designed to wake up  
after receiving a large signal single-ended pulse, or a  
low-amplitude symmetric pulse. The differential signal  
R
2
VA =IDRV  
M =0.5V  
|IP – IM|, must be at least V  
= 200mV for a minimum  
WAKE  
duration of t  
= 240ns to qualify as a wake up signal  
(This result ignores transformer and cable losses, which  
may reduce the amplitude).  
DWELL  
that powers up the serial interface.  
"Long -1" or "Long +1" pulses (= drive CSB low, high)  
generatedbyLTC6820andcompatibleisoSPIdevices(e.g.  
LTC68xxCellMonitors)willalwaysmeetthisrequirement.  
See following chapters for isoSPI pulse details.  
isoSPI Pulse Detail  
The transmitter can output three voltage levels: +V , 0V,  
A
andV .ApositiveoutputresultsfromIPsourcingcurrent  
A
and IM sinking current across load resistor R . A nega-  
M
Selecting Bias Resistors  
tive voltage is developed by IP sinking and IM sourcing.  
When both outputs are off, the load resistance forces  
the differential output to 0V. To eliminate the DC signal  
componentandenhancereliability,theisoSPIusesbipolar  
pulses of two different pulse length. This allows for four  
types of pulses to be transmitted, as shown in Table 8. A  
+1 pulse will be transmitted as a positive pulse followed  
by a negative pulse. A –1 pulse will be transmitted as a  
negative pulse followed by a positive pulse. The duration  
Theadjustablesignalamplitudeallowsthesystemtotrade  
power consumption for communication robustness, and  
the adjustable comparator threshold allows the system to  
accountforsignallosses.TheisoSPItransmitterdrivecur-  
rentandcomparatorvoltagethresholdaresetbyaresistor  
divider (R  
= R + R ) between the IBIAS and DGND.  
BIAS  
B1  
B2  
The divided voltage (V  
) is connected to the ICMP pin  
ICMP  
which sets the comparator threshold (V  
voltage. When the isoSPI interface is enabled (not IDLE)  
) to 1/2 of this  
ICMP  
of each pulse is defined as t  
, since each is half of the  
1/2PW  
required symmetric pair. (The total isoSPI pulse duration  
is 2 • t ).  
1/2PW  
Rev A  
24  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
SERIAL INTERFACES  
Table 8. isoSPI Pulse Types  
This allows for multiple slave devices on a single cable  
without risk of collisions (Multidrop). Figure 11 shows the  
isoSPI timing diagram for a READ command.  
FIRST LEVEL  
(t  
SECOND LEVEL  
(t  
PULSE TYPE  
Long +1  
)
)
1/2PW  
ENDING LEVEL  
1/2PW  
+V (150ns)  
A
–V (150ns)  
0V  
0V  
0V  
0V  
A
Table 9. LTC2949 isoSPI Port Function  
INTERNAL SPI  
Long –1  
–V (150ns)  
A
+V (150ns)  
A
Short +1  
Short –1  
+V (50ns)  
–V (50ns)  
A
A
RECEIVED PULSE PORT ACTION  
RETURN PULSE  
–V (50ns)  
A
+V (50ns)  
A
Long +1  
Long –1  
Short +1  
Drive CSB High None  
Drive CSB Low  
An LTC6820 should be used to translate the SPI signals of  
a micro controller into isoSPI pulses. On the other side of  
the isolation barrier (i.e. at the other end of the cable), the  
LTC2949 will have IOVCC tied to its local GND. It receives  
transmitted pulses and reconstructs the SPI signals in-  
ternally, as shown in Table 9. In addition, during a READ  
command this port may transmit return data pulses which  
1. Set SDI = 1  
2. Pulse SCK  
Short –1 Pulse if Reading a 0-bit  
(No Return Pulse if Not in READ  
Mode or if Reading a 1-bit)  
Short –1  
1. Set SDI = 0  
2. Pulse SCK  
Supported Bus Structures  
The addressing feature of the LTC2949 and LTC68xx-2  
Cell Monitors allows multiple devices with different ad-  
dressestobeconnectedonasinglebusbymulti-dropping  
them. Multi-dropping can be used in either SPI or isoSPI  
(See Figure 12 (A)). The LTC2949 also operates in paral-  
lel to or as last element of a daisy chain of LTC68xx Cell  
Monitors (See Figure 12 (B&C)).  
aretransmittedt afterthereceivedpulse. TheLTC2949  
RTN  
isoSPI port is a slave port and only transmits short –1  
pulses, never long CSB pulses nor short +1 pulses. The  
master port recognizes a null response as a logic 1 (for  
this reason a no reply to a read command is equivalent to  
read only 0xFF... on the MISO line, which will also cause a  
PEC error, see chapters DATA LINK LAYER and following).  
+1 PULSE  
ꢍꢉꢔꢍ  
ꢄARꢓꢈꢉ  
ꢄARꢓꢈꢉ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢐꢈꢂ  
ꢂꢃꢄꢅ  
ꢄARꢓꢈꢉ  
V
IP  
– V  
ꢐꢈꢂ  
IM  
ꢊꢋꢌꢅꢍ  
ꢆꢁ  
ꢈꢉꢁ  
ꢊꢋꢌꢅꢍ  
ꢂꢃꢄꢅ  
–1 PULSE  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢈꢉꢁ  
ꢊꢋꢌꢅꢍ  
ꢂꢃꢄꢅ  
ꢄARꢓꢈꢉ  
ꢄARꢓꢈꢉ  
V
IP  
– V  
ꢊꢋꢌꢅꢍ  
ꢐꢈꢂ  
IM  
ꢄARꢓꢈꢉ  
ꢆꢁ  
ꢐꢈꢂ  
ꢂꢃꢄꢅ  
ꢍꢉꢔꢍ  
ꢌꢎꢏꢎ ꢐꢊꢑ  
Figure 10. isoSPI Pulse Detail  
Rev A  
25  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
SERIAL INTERFACES  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢃꢈꢄ  
ꢂꢃꢄ ꢅꢆꢇꢈ ꢉ ꢊꢋ  
ꢂꢃꢄ ꢅꢆꢇꢈ ꢉ ꢓꢋ  
ꢑꢇꢂꢕ  
ꢑꢕꢂꢇ  
ꢕꢂꢇ  
ꢃꢂꢛ ꢉ ꢓ  
ꢚꢜꢊ  
ꢃꢂꢛ ꢉ ꢊ  
ꢕꢝꢚꢇRꢒꢘ  
ꢚꢜꢊ  
ꢚꢜꢐ  
ꢕꢂꢇ  
Rꢔꢚ  
ꢂꢈAꢠꢒ ꢘꢇꢒꢂ ꢚꢇꢔ  
ꢔRAꢚꢂꢑꢕꢔ ꢡꢊ  
ꢂꢘꢕꢙꢕꢚꢔ  
ꢂꢘꢇꢙꢕꢚꢔ  
ꢂAꢑꢆꢈꢒ  
ꢂAꢑꢆꢈꢒ  
ꢏꢓꢓ  
ꢊꢓꢓꢓ  
ꢊꢏꢓꢓ  
ꢐꢓꢓꢓ  
ꢐꢏꢓꢓ  
ꢍꢓꢓꢓ  
ꢍꢏꢓꢓ  
ꢌꢓꢓꢓ  
ꢌꢏꢓꢓ  
ꢏꢓꢓꢓ  
ꢐꢞꢌꢞ ꢟꢊꢊ  
ꢔꢕꢑꢒ ꢅꢖꢗꢋ  
Figure 11. isoSPI Timing Diagram  
LTC2949 in Addressable/Multidrop Bus Configuration  
LTC2949 Connected to Reversible isoSPI Ring  
An LTC2949 can be directly connected to the master in SPI  
or through an LTC6820 in isoSPI mode. When operating  
together with LTC68xx Cell Monitors it is recommended to  
use the LTC2949 in a multidrop bus configuration to take  
advantage of the full feature set and minimize communica-  
tion overhead. The LTC2949 can operate on the same SPI/  
isoSPIwithotherLTC68xxCellMonitors(Figure12(A,B)).  
The LTC2949 responds to address 0xF. This address is  
hardwired and cannot be changed. Consequently, other  
LTC68xx Cell Monitors on the same bus must be pin-  
configured to different addresses. Simultaneous writing  
to all devices on one bus is done by issuing a broadcast  
command.ThisfeatureprovesusefulforsynchronousADC  
conversions of LTC2949 and LTC68xx Cell Monitors. The  
common SDO pin is open drain and requires a pull-up.  
LTC2949 can be connected to one end of a reversible  
isoSPI ring. In this scenario the default communication  
to LTC2949 is done with direct commands, equivalent  
to the scenario where LTC2949 is connected in parallel  
to a daisychain. In case the direct link between the left  
side LTC6820 and LTC2949 fails, the communication to  
LTC2949canberoutedthroughthedaisychainviatheright  
side LTC6820, equivalent to the scenario where LTC2949  
is connected on top of a daisychain.  
LTC2949 on Top of a Daisy Chain  
ItisrecommendedtooperateLTC2949inparalleltoadaisy  
chain of LTC68xx Cell Monitors in either isoSPI or normal  
SPI by using its addressing feature. This is the mode with  
the minimum communication overhead. However, also  
operation as last element of a daisy chain is supported.  
Rev A  
26  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
SERIAL INTERFACES  
• •  
• •  
• •  
• •  
• •  
Rev A  
27  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
SERIAL INTERFACES  
As the LTC2949 has only one isoSPI port it must be  
written or read from followed by the register data – see  
following section Direct Read/Write Command (DCMD).  
BesidetheDCMD,theLTC2949supportstheLTC68xxCell  
Monitor compatible commands ADCV and RDCV.  
th  
th  
placed as the last (M ) element in a daisy chain. The 0  
element communicates to the master via port A which can  
be configured as isoSPI or normal SPI mode, depending  
on the connection of the ISOMOD pin. The 0th element  
connects via port B to the 1st element of the daisy chain  
using isoSPI, and so on. When the LTC68xx Cell Monitor  
When LTC2949 is the last element in an isoSPI daisy  
chain, the DCMD can be used to write to LTC2949 but not  
to read data from the device, because the DCMD is not  
supported by other LTC68xx Cell Monitors and thus they  
do not pass data from their port B to port A. Therefore, the  
RDCV command must be used to read from LTC2949 as  
element of a daisy chain. LTC2949 registers read by the  
RDCVcommandcanbeconfiguredbyaprecedingDCMD.  
is operating with port A as SPI (ISOMD = V ), the SPI de-  
tects one of four communication events: CSB falling, CSB  
rising, SCK rising with SDI = 0, and SCK rising with SDI =  
1. Each event is converted into one of the four pulse types  
for transmission through the daisy chain. Long pulses are  
used to transmit CSB changes and short pulses are used  
to transmit data, as explained in Table 8. When both ports  
are operated in isoSPI mode, isoSPI pulses on port A are  
passed to port B within a short delay.  
Table 10 summarizes the possibilities to communicate  
to LTC2949.  
Table 10. Communication with LTC2949  
PARALLEL TO DAISY  
CHAIN OR LTC2949 SOLE  
LTC2949 ON TOP OF  
DAISY CHAIN  
DATA LINK LAYER  
Read of  
DCMD  
Broadcast RDCV  
All data transfers on LTC2949 occur in byte groups. Every  
byteconsistsof8-bits. Bytesaretransferredwiththemost  
significant bit (MSB) first. CSB must remain low for the  
entiredurationofacommandsequence,includingbetween  
a command byte and subsequent data. A write command  
takes effect after a correct PEC is processed.  
Registers  
(RDCVCONF = 0, BCREN = 1)  
Write of  
Registers  
DCMD  
Trigger of  
Fast ADC  
Conversion  
Addressed ADCV  
Broadcast ADCV  
Read of Fast  
Addressed RDCV  
Broadcast RDCV  
Conversion (RDCVCONF = 1, BCREN = 0) (RDCVCONF = 1, BCREN = 1)  
Results  
NETWORK LAYER  
The LTC2949 registers can be accessed by a direct read/  
write command (DCMD) containing the registers to be  
ꢀꢏꢐꢌꢑ  
ꢒꢄꢊꢇ ꢓꢔ  
ꢀꢏꢐꢌꢑ  
ꢈAꢇꢇꢁRꢉ ꢊꢇAꢀꢋ  
ꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢄR ꢀꢌꢍꢎꢍ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂ  
ꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢄR  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂ  
ꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢄR  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂ  
ꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢄR  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂ  
ꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢄR  
ꢌꢍꢎꢍ ꢕꢖꢗ  
Figure 13. LTC2949 Connected to a Reversible isoSPI Ring  
Rev A  
28  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
SERIAL INTERFACES  
Fast Measurement Timings  
The following timing diagrams shows LTC2949 fast single shot timing in relation to LTC6810’s timing of the ADCV  
command for measuring all six cells. Other LTC681x Cell Monitors have similar timing diagram, just with different  
number of ADCs and cells. The LTC681x devices have several ADC modes with different filter bandwidth and accuracy.  
Typically, in the 7kHz normal mode, all cells are converted within a time window very close to LTC2949’s fast conver-  
sion time which is nominal 782µs. For example, the LTC6810 converts all cells within 815µs in the normal mode.  
As an example, only three (I2, BAT, AUX) of maximum four ADCs of LTC2949 are configured for fast conversions. The  
displayed timings are valid for any allowed combinations of fast channels.  
t
CYCLE,LTC681x,7kHz = 0.8ms  
SERIAL  
INTERFACE  
ADCV + PEC  
LTC6810  
MEASURE  
C1 TO C0  
MEASURE  
C2 TO C1  
MEASURE  
C3 TO C2  
MEASURE  
C4 TO C3  
MEASURE  
C5 TO C4  
MEASURE  
C6 TO C5  
ADC1  
CALIBRATE  
t
0
t
t
t
3M  
t
t
t
6M  
t
C
1M  
2M  
4M  
5M  
I2ADC  
P2ADC  
MEASURE CURRENT  
LTC2949  
MEASURE STACK VOLTAGE  
MEASURE AUX VOLTAGE  
AUXADC  
t
CYCLE,2949 = 0.8ms  
2949 F14  
Figure 14. Timing for ADCV Command Measuring Cell Voltages and LTC2949's Current and Voltage Inputs  
ADCV  
RDCV  
ADC  
I2  
I2  
ADC  
ADC  
BAT  
BAT  
(AUX)  
AUX  
t
2
t
1*  
or t  
1
t
3*  
or t  
3
2949 F15  
Figure 15. Timing for LTC2949’s ADCV Command Measuring Current and Voltage Inputs.  
DESCRIPTION  
PARAMETER  
VALUE/TOLERANCE  
6 to 8μs  
ADVC's last PEC byte to start of conversion latency without AUX conversion  
ADVC's last PEC byte to start of conversion latency with AUX conversion  
Conversion time  
t
1
t
6 to 170µs  
1*  
t
742 to 821µs  
855 to 945µs  
2
3
ADVC's last PEC byte to HS = 0x0F (hand shake byte read by RDCV indicating conversion  
results ready, see note below) without AUX  
t
ADVC's last PEC byte to HS = 0x0F (hand shake byte read by RDCV indicating conversion  
results ready, see note below) with AUX  
t
855 to 1260µs  
3*  
Rev A  
29  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
SERIAL INTERFACES  
Note: If the first HS byte of the RDCV data is 0x0F, the conversion results of the very same data set are already valid. If  
the first HS byte of the RDCV data is 0x00, the conversion results of the very same data set are not valid. A new RDCV  
must be issued to check for updated conversion results. If the first HS byte of the RDCV data is 0x00 the host can  
continue to read HS bytes until it changes to 0x0F. The following RDCV command for sure will have valid conversion  
results, still, the HS byte of the very same data set will be 0x00, because it was already internally cleared after it was  
read 0x0F in the previous RDCV.  
The following diagram shows details on LTC2949’s fast continuous conversion timing. Fast continuous operation  
is started by a direct write command that sets bit FACONV and at least one of the channel bits (CH1, CH2, AUX) in  
register FACTRL.  
FIFO READ  
FACONV = 1  
RDCV  
ADC  
I2  
I2  
I2  
I2  
I2  
ADC  
BAT  
BAT  
AUX  
BAT  
AUX  
BAT  
AUX  
BAT  
AUX  
ADC  
AUX  
2949 F16  
t
or t  
1
t
t
3
1*  
2
Figure 16. Timing for LTC2949’s Fast Continuous Current and Voltage Measurements.  
PARAMETER  
DESCRIPTION  
VALUE/TOLERANCE  
6 to 8μs  
Direct write's last PEC byte to start of conversion latency without AUX conversion  
t
1
Direct write's last PEC byte to start of conversion latency with AUX conversion  
Conversion time  
t
6 to 170µs  
1*  
t
742 to 821µs  
0 to 315µs  
2
3
Any sample's start of conversion to HS = 0x0F (hand shake byte read by RDCV indicating  
conversion results ready) or to sample available via FIFO read operation  
t
Rev A  
30  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
SERIAL INTERFACES  
Fast AUX Measurements  
and disable FACONV periodically or to perform repetitive  
FSSHT measurements it is recommended to configure  
CH1 for slow and CH2 for fast mode, which ensures the  
slow channel being updated periodically.  
It is not possible to change the AUX MUX configuration  
during fast continuous mode (FCM) measurements.  
FAMUXP, FAMUXN can be written and the same value  
read back at any time, but the internal MUX will only be  
set to the requested configuration when receiving a new  
fastconversionrequest.ThisiseithertheADCVcommand  
for fast single shot (FSSHT) or the transition from 0 to 1  
of the FACONV bit for FCM measurements.  
Fast AUX Round-Robin Measurements  
FSSHT measurements shall be used in applications that  
require different inputs via the AUX MUX at high update  
rates (faster than 100 ms). Optionally, the FSSHT mea-  
surements can be surrounded by FCM periods, during  
which a single MUX input is converted continuously. The  
conversion results of the FCM periods can be read via the  
FIFO registers or via RDCV. Reading of conversion results  
from FIFOs is possible at any time. Still, the FSSHT trigger  
command (ADCV while CONT= 1 and FACTRL unequal  
zero) will clear all FIFOs.  
When leaving the FCM (FACONV = 0), the host must wait  
for the last conversion being completed before any new  
fast conversion is triggered. This can be achieved by  
waiting at least 1.26 ms.  
If both channels are configured fast, it must be ensured  
that either the FCM stays active for at least 128 samples  
or FSSHT measurements are inhibited for at least 100ms.  
Only after every 128 samples / 100 ms, the slow channel  
registers (including STATUS, FAULTS, EXTFAULTS) are  
updated. In applications in which it is required to enable  
Following table shows an example sequence of 4 FSSHT  
measurements that interrupt a FCM period. If only FSSHT  
measurements are required, the rows CONT0, CONT1 can  
be omitted.  
NAME  
MOSI / MISO  
DESCRIPTION  
CONT0  
MOSI:FEF5EB50400EE4C6  
MISO:XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  
Write to FACTRL to disable FCM (FACONV = 0)  
MUX0  
ADCV  
RDCV  
MUX1  
ADCV  
RDCV  
MUX2  
ADCV  
RDCV  
MOSI:FEF3C7984500013D6E  
MISO:XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  
Write two bytes to FAMUXN to select V1 vs. GND  
(NTC)  
MOSI:FB60FADE  
MISO:XXXXXXXX  
ADCV to trigger conversion  
MOSI:F8040970FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF  
MISO:XXXXXXXX010000000000FE4AE8180F0F0F0FC602  
RDCV to read conversion results  
MOSI:FEF3C798450016C1BA  
MISO:XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  
Write two bytes to FAMUXN to select VREF2 vs.  
GND  
MOSI:FB60FADE  
MISO:XXXXXXXX  
ADCV to trigger conversion  
MOSI:F8040970FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF  
MISO:XXXXXXXX000000000000C212610F0F0F0F0F76B6  
RDCV to read conversion results  
MOSI:FEF3C7984517007512  
MISO:XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  
Write two bytes to FAMUXN to select GND vs.  
VREF2_250k  
MOSI:FB60FADE  
MISO:XXXXXXXX  
ADCV to trigger conversion  
MOSI:F8040970FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF  
MISO:XXXXXXXX000000000000C212E7180F0F0F0F1A78  
RDCV to read conversion results  
Rev A  
31  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
SERIAL INTERFACES  
NAME  
MOSI / MISO  
DESCRIPTION  
MUX3  
MOSI:FEF3C7984500174A88  
MISO:XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  
Write two bytes to FAMUXN to select  
VREF2_250k vs. GND  
ADCV  
MOSI:FB60FADE  
MISO:XXXXXXXX  
ADCV to trigger conversion  
RDCV  
MOSI:F8040970FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF  
MISO:XXXXXXXX000000000000C2121AE70F0F0F0F7C26  
RDCV to read conversion results  
MUXCONT  
MOSI:FEF3C79845111294A6  
MISO:XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  
Write two bytes to FAMUXN to select CF2P vs.  
CF2M (necessary to do the open wire check  
during the FCM)  
CONT1  
MOSI:FEF5EB50400F6FF4  
MISO:XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  
Write to FACTRL to enable FCM (FACONV = 1)  
Note 1: MISO data is only shown as an example and the actual data may change. ‘X’ indicates don’t care data.  
Note 2: A delay of ≥ 1.26 ms is mandatory between any ADCV and RDCV to ensure valid conversion result readings.  
Note 3: Above MUX settings convert one external pin voltage V1 vs. GND and the internal VREF2 in three different ways. This example and  
can be adjusted and extended to any MUX configurations required.  
Note 4: CONT0 and MUX0 can be merged to a single 3-write command to FAMUXN, FAMUXP, FACTRL (MOSI: 0xFEF3C7984600010E9516)  
Note 5: When LTC2949 is in STANDBY state it can be moved to MEASURE state at any time by writing CONT=1. From the write command  
it takes t  
until the MEASURE state is active and then worst case 140ms until the first slow channel conversion results can be read  
IDLE_CORE  
form LTC2949's registers. First fast measurements can be performed, if FACTRL was configured appropriately, already when MEASURE  
state is active.  
Note 6: The following sequence allows a fast and efficient initialization of LTC2949 before any fast conversions can be performed:  
1. Wakeup, configure ADCCONF and perform ADJUPD as required.  
2. Write 0x08 (CONT) to OPCTRL  
3. 3-Byte-Write to FAMUXN (e.g. 0x00 = GND), FAMUXP (e.g. 0x16 = VREF2), FACTRL (e.g. 0x02 = FACHA or another allowed combination  
to perform any fast conversion)  
4. Send any ADxx (e.g. ADCV, see table 17)  
5. Wait at least 1.2 ms  
6. Send any RDxx (e.g. RDCVA, see table 18). If HS byte is unequal 0x0F go back to 3.  
7. Initialization is done. LTC2949 is now in MEASURE mode and any fast conversions can be performed subsequently (e.g. the sequence  
from above table)  
Rev A  
32  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
SERIAL INTERFACES  
Direct Read/Write Command (DCMD)  
To access the full register map of the LTC2949, a special direct command (DCMD) is provided which is not used by  
other LTC68xx Cell Monitors. DCMD allows to read/write arbitrary number of bytes from/to LTC2949's register map.  
The LTC2949 auto-increments its address pointer after each data byte, so multiple registers can be written/read as part  
of a single transaction. Data packets from one to up to 16 bytes are interleaved by a two-byte data PEC. Data packets  
written without PEC are discarded. Read commands may stop at any byte.  
Table 11. Direct Read/Write Command Format  
Byte  
0
1
2
3
4
5
N+4  
N+5  
N+6  
N+7  
2N+6  
2N+7 2N+8  
R/W  
Master to slave (MOSI)  
Write commands: Master to slave (MOSI)  
Read commands: Slave to master (MISO)  
Name DCMD RADDR PEC0 PEC1 ID  
DATA  
DATA  
PEC0 PEC1 DATA  
DATA2  
N-1  
PEC0 PEC1  
0
N-1  
N
ID byte is used to distinguish between read and write commands and it defines the number of data bytes per PEC (parameter N in above table). The ID  
byte is not part of any PEC, instead it has intrinsic error detection via redundancy and error check bits. See following tables for details.  
Table 12. Bit Definitions of Byte ID[7:0]  
ID[7]  
ID[6]  
ID[5]  
ID[4]  
ID[3]  
ID[2]  
ID[1]  
ID[0]  
RW  
NOT RW PECC[3] XOR PECC[2]  
PECC[3] PECC[2] PECC[1] XOR PECC[0]  
PECC[1]  
PECC[0]  
Table 13. ID[7:0] Byte Format Description  
NAME  
DESCRIPTION  
RW  
ID[7] = RW indicates read (RW=1) or write (RW=0) commands. For safe data transmission redundancy is added to ID[6] which  
is the inverse of RW (NOT RW, meaning 0 for read and 1 for write).  
PECC[3:0]  
PEC Configure determines the number of data bytes after which a PEC is transmitted. Number of data bytes is  
DECIMAL(PECC[3:0])+1 (parameter N in above table). Allowed values for PECC are 0 to 15 (1 to 16 data bytes per PEC). ID[5]  
(= PECC[3] XOR PECC[2]) and ID[2] (=PECC[1] XOR PECC[0]) are error check bits for safe data transmission.  
Table 14. Direct Read/Write Command Format Details  
NAME  
DESCRIPTION  
DCMD[7:0]  
RADDR[7:0]  
PEC0,1  
Direct command. It is fixed to the value 0xFE.  
Starting register address from which data is read or to which data is written.  
The Packet Error Code Bytes PEC0 and PEC1 hold a 15-bit CRC according to CAN BUS CRC15 which is right padded with  
0 (see Table 22. Write/Read PEC Format). The PEC in bytes 2-3 is calculated on DCMD and RADDR. All following PECs are  
calculated on preceding M data-bytes. The number of data bytes per PEC is defined by the ID byte, which is not part of any  
PEC, see below.  
For read commands the MOSI line is don’t care, the slave will send the data PEC on its MISO line and the master must  
compare it to the PEC calculated on the data received. The read command was successful of both PECs match. For  
write commands, the master must send the PEC on its MOSI line and LTC2949 will compare the received PEC with its  
internal calculated PEC. In case of a PEC mismatch the data will be discarded and an external communication PEC error  
(EXTCOMMERR) will be flagged in the FAULTS register.  
DATA  
Data bytes to be send to or read from LTC2949’s register map. The starting address is given by RADDR and is auto-  
incremented for every data byte.  
X
Rev A  
33  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
SERIAL INTERFACES  
Commands Compatible with LTC68xx Cell Monitors  
(RDCV, ADCV)  
acquired samples can be read from the FIFO registers (FI-  
FOI1, FIFOI2, FIFOBAT, FIFOAUX). Still, also in this mode,  
it is possible to read the last fast conversion results via  
RDCV(RDCVCONF=1).Iffastcontinuousmodeisdisabled  
(FACONV=0), any ADCV command will clear all FIFOs.  
If needed, samples within FIFOs should be read before  
sending an ADCV command while FACONV is cleared.  
The LTC2949 supports several RDCV and ADCV style  
commands compatible with LTC68xx Cell Monitors.  
RDCVA-RDCVF,RDAUXA-RDAUXD,RDCFGA,RDCFGB(all  
referred as RDCV commands in this document), ADCV,  
ADOW, ADOL, ADAX, ADAXD, ADCVAX and ADCVSC (all  
referred as ADCV commands in this document) are sup-  
portedasbroadcastandaddressedcommands.Addressed  
commands are used to address LTC2949 exclusively. To  
trigger actions on LTC2949 and LTC68xx Cell Monitors  
simultaneously, broadcast commands are used. This is  
forexampleusefultoinitiatingADCconversionsofseveral  
devices at the same time. No matter if LTC2949 is con-  
nected parallel to or on top of a daisy chain, addressed  
ADCV commands can trigger measurements on LTC2949  
only and broadcast ADCV commands can perform syn-  
chronous ADC conversions on all devices connected to  
the SPI / isoSPI bus. The conversion starts at the end of  
the PEC for all devices.  
In the configuration where LTC2949 is on top of a daisy  
chain, after a broadcast RDCV command, the stacked  
LTC68xxCellMonitorsturnintoacascadedshiftregister,in  
whichdataisshiftedthrougheachdevicetothenextdevice  
in the stack. In this scenario, LTC2949 responds to RDCV  
commands only if the Broadcast Read Enable bit (BCREN)  
in the Register Control Register (REGSCTRL) is set.  
In the scenario where LTC2949 is placed in parallel to  
a daisy chain of LTC68xx Cell Monitors, the bit BCREN  
must be cleared (default) to avoid bus collisions. Still,  
any broadcast RDCV may clear LTC2949's internal HS  
byte (see below) if the bit RDCVCONF is set, no matter if  
BCREN is set or not. For this reason, it is recommended  
to read LTC2949’s fast conversion results before reading  
from the LTC68xx Cell Monitors. Or, if for software tim-  
ing reasons it is necessary to read from the LTC68xx Cell  
Monitors first, the bit RDCVCONF must be cleared before  
(it must be set again afterwards to read fast conversion  
data from LTC2949).  
In cases where LTC2949 is connected parallel to a daisy  
chain, direct read commands (DCMD) must be used  
to read register data and addressed RDCV commands  
(with RDCVCONF=1) must be used to read the last fast  
conversion results. If LTC2949 is connected on top of a  
daisy chain, broadcast RDCV commands must be used  
to read register data (RDCVCONF=0) or to read the last  
fast conversion results (RDCVCONF=1) depending on  
setting of REGSCTRL.RDCVCONF. Write to LTC2949’s  
register map is always done with direct write commands  
(DCMD) independent of the bus topology. See Table 10  
(Communication with LTC2949) for a summary of all  
possible communication scenarios.  
The last results of any fast conversion can be read out by  
the RDCV command, providing sequentially the results  
of I1, I2, BAT and AUX (least significant bytes first to be  
compatible with LTC68xx Cell Monitors) followed by one  
or more hand shake (HS) bytes, indicating if the data is  
new (0x0F) or old (0x00). Once LTC2949 sends the HS  
byte, it will continue sending it as long as the master is  
reading bytes. Still, a PEC will always be send for every 6  
data bytes. Per transaction, the HS byte may only change  
from 0x00 to 0x0F, once it is 0x0F it won’t change. This  
allows the master to poll for conversion results being  
ready by checking for a transition of the HS byte from  
0x00 to 0x0F. If the first HS byte is 0x0F the conversion  
data received with that command is already new and valid.  
If the first HS byte is 0x00 the data received in the same  
transaction was not yet updated. A subsequent RDCV  
Before LTC2949 can react on ADCV commands it must be  
runninginslowcontinuousmeasurementmode(bitCONT  
in OPCTRL), at least one fast measurement channel must  
be selected via the Fast Control Register (FACTRL) and  
optionally, to make also fast BAT conversions via one of  
the power ADCs (P1 or P2 in voltage mode), P1ASV and/  
or P2ASV in the ADC configuration register (ADCCONF)  
must be set. If LTC2949 is running in fast continuous  
mode (FACONV=1) any ADCV command is ignored and  
Rev A  
34  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
SERIAL INTERFACES  
command is necessary to read the updated conversion  
results, still, the HS byte will be reported as 0x00 for this  
RDCV command, as it was internally already cleared after  
it was read 0x0F with the previous RDCV.  
Forfastcontinuousmeasurement,thesamplerateisfixedto  
1.25kspsandthementioneddelayisjustalatencybetween  
the actual measurements and the time the samples are  
available to be read. The master shall wait at least 1.26ms  
between the time fast continuous mode is enabled and the  
firsttimeanyFIFOregisterisread, toallowthefirstsample  
to be read from the FIFO. Alternatively, it is also possible  
to use a RDCV command to check when the first sample  
is ready (see HS byte above) and then read all samples  
from the FIFO registers periodically.  
LTC2949’s fast conversion time is typically 0.8ms. Addi-  
tional processing time is necessary for the results being  
ready to be read by the master. Worst case, 1.26 ms after  
a conversion was triggered, the results can be read via a  
FIFO register (in case of fast continuous mode) or via the  
RDCV command. For fast single shot measurements, this  
limits the maximum guaranteed sample rate to ~0.8ksps.  
Table 15. Format of ADCV/RDCV Style Commands. Only for RDCV Commands the Slave Sends Data to the Master on the MISO Line  
BYTE  
0
1
2
3
4
9
10  
11  
12  
17  
18  
19  
R/W  
Master to slave (MOSI)  
Slave to master (MISO)  
DATA6 PEC0 PEC1 DATA7  
Name CMD0 CMD1 PEC0 PEC1 DATA0  
DATA11  
PEC0 PEC1  
CMD0 and CMD1 are the command bytes. The format for the commands is shown in Table 16. CC[10:0] is the 11-bit command code. A list of  
supported command codes is shown in Table 17 and Table 18. Broadcast commands have a value 0, addressed commands have a value 1 for  
CMD0[7] through CMD0[3]. The PEC must be computed on the entire 16-bit command (CMD0 and CMD1).  
Table 16. CMD0, CMD1 Command Bytes Format. Data is Send from Master to Slave (MOSI). A/B is 0 for Broadcast and 1 for  
Addressed Commands.  
NAME  
CMD0  
CMD1  
BIT 7  
A/B  
BIT 6  
A/B  
BIT 5  
A/B  
BIT 4  
A/B  
BIT 3  
A/B  
BIT 2  
CC[10]  
CC[2]  
BIT 1  
CC[9]  
CC[1]  
BIT 0  
CC[8]  
CC[0]  
CC[7]  
CC[6]  
CC[5]  
CC[4]  
CC[3]  
Rev A  
35  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
SERIAL INTERFACES  
Table 17. ADCV Style Commands. LTC2949 Performs a Fast Conversion Depending on FACTRL/ADCCONF Registers Upon Those  
Commands  
NAME  
ADCV  
CMD0[7:3]  
CC[10:0]  
DESCRIPTION  
Broadcast: all 0  
Addressed: all 1  
0 1 x x 1 1 x 0 x x x  
0 1 x x x 1 x 1 x x x  
0 1 x x 0 0 x 0 0 0 1  
1 0 x x 1 1 0 0 x x x  
1 0 x x 0 0 0 0 x x x  
1 0 x x 1 1 x 1 1 1 1  
1 0 x x 1 1 x 0 1 1 1  
LTC2949 reacts to all commands in the same way by triggering a fast  
conversion (if enabled via FACTRL register).  
ADOW  
ADOL  
ADAX  
ADAXD  
ADCVAX  
ADCVSC  
Table 18. RDCV Style Commands. Used to Read Fast Conversion Results or for Indirect Memory Map Reads from LTC2949  
NAME  
RDCFGA  
RDCFGB  
RDCVA  
CMD0[7:3]  
CC[10:0]  
DESCRIPTION  
Broadcast: all 0  
Addressed: all 1  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0  
0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 1  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 1  
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1  
LTC2949 reacts to all commands in the same way by either transmitting fast  
conversion results (default, RDCVCONF=1) or by transmitting register data  
(RDCVCONF=0)  
RDCVB  
RDCVC  
RDCVD  
RDCVE  
RDCVF  
RDAUXA  
RDAUXB  
RDAUXC  
RDAUXD  
Rev A  
36  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
SERIAL INTERFACES  
The RDCV command allows reading data packets much longer than the daisy chain shift register. The length of the  
shift register is 64 • M bits, whereas M is the number of elements in the chain excluding LTC2949. Data from the  
LTC2949 is received by the master after 64 • M data bits starting with bit I1[7] according to the figure below. A PEC  
is calculated after every 6 data bytes. After the transmission of the conversions results, the LTC2949 continuously  
sends the hand shake byte (HS) indicating if the data is new (0x0F) or old (0x00). A transition of the hand shake  
byte from 0x00 to 0x0F indicates the arrival of new data, which can be read out by a subsequent RDCV command.  
Table 19. RDCV Command Format. CMD0, CMD1 According to Table 18 (RDCV Style Commands). Requires RDCVCONF=1.  
CMD0  
BAT[15:8]  
PEC0  
CMD1  
PEC0  
PEC1  
HS  
PEC0  
PEC1  
HS  
PEC1  
AUX[7:0]  
HS  
I1[7:0]  
AUX[15:8]  
HS  
I1[15:8]  
I2[7:0]  
I2[15:8]  
BAT[7:0]  
HS  
HS  
HS  
HS  
HS  
HS  
HS  
PEC0  
PEC1  
HS  
HS  
HS  
HS  
HS  
……  
Note: The conversion results I1, I2, BAT, AUX are converted to volts by multiplication with the LSB size 7.60371 µV for the current and 375.183 µV for the  
BAT and AUX channel.  
Indirect Memory Access RDCV Command  
DCMD is the recommended way of reading data from the LTC2949 in addressable mode. When LTC2949 is the last ele-  
ment in a daisy chain, an RDCV has to be used to read data from the LTC2949, as DCMD is not supported by LTC68xx  
Cell Monitors and therefore does not configure them as shift registers, In default, the LTC2949 will respond to RDCV  
with the fast mode conversion results as described above (RDCVCONF = 1).  
In order to gain access to the entire register map of LTC2949 an address pointer can be set causing the LTC2949 to  
provide data starting at that register address on subsequent RDCV commands. To use this indirect memory access  
RDCV command, the RDCV Configuration Bit (RDCVCONF) has to be reset and Broadcast Read Enable bit (BCREN) has  
to be set in REGSCTRL and the starting pointer must be written to the RDCV Indirect Address Register (RDCVIADDR).  
In this way any register can be read by subsequent RDCV commands. The address pointer is auto-incremented after  
every data byte for reading data bursts of any length. A PEC is transmitted after every six data bytes. Once the REGSC-  
TRL is written accordingly, only the Indirect Address Register must be updated to read from other memory locations.  
PleasenotethattheRDCVIADDRcanalsobewrittenbeforetheREGSCTRLifasingleDCMDspanningfromRDCVIADDR  
to REGSCTRL is used. For this single write burst, the two bytes between RDCVIADDR and REGSCTRL are don't care  
and can be written 0x00.  
ꢊꢆꢅ ꢋꢁRꢆꢌ ꢍ  
Rꢆꢊꢆꢅ Rꢀꢁꢂꢁꢎꢌꢉ  
Aꢅ ꢇꢈꢉ ꢏ ꢋꢄꢅ ꢐꢑꢒ ꢍ ꢐꢓꢒ  
ꢃRꢄꢅꢆ  
RꢀꢁꢂꢄAꢀꢀR  
Aꢅ ꢇꢈꢉꢁ  
Rꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢑꢔꢕꢔ ꢉꢖꢓ  
Figure 17. Indirect Memory Access Read Procedure Using RDCV Command  
Table 20. Indirect Address RDCV Command Format, CMD0, CMD1 According to Table 18 (RDCV Style Commands), Requires  
RDCVCONF = 0 and BCREN = 1  
CMD0  
CMD0  
PEC0  
PEC1  
PEC0  
PEC1  
……  
PEC1  
DATA  
DATA  
DATA  
DATA  
DATA  
0
1
2
3
4
DATA  
DATA  
DATA  
DATA  
DATA  
DATA  
DATA  
5
6
7
8
9
10  
11  
PEC0  
DATA is the content of the register at the starting address that was written to RDCVIADDR. DATA is the content of  
0
1
the register at the following address and so on.  
Rev A  
37  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
SERIAL INTERFACES  
Packet Error Code  
4. Go back to step 2 until all the data is shifted. The final  
PEC (16-bits) is the 15-bit value in the PEC register  
right padded with 0. An example to calculate the PEC  
for a 16-bit word (0x0001) is listed in Table 21. The  
PEC for 0x0001 is computed as 0x3D6E after stuffing  
a 0-bit at the LSB. For longer data streams, the PEC is  
valid at the end of the last bit of data sent to the PEC  
register. LTC2949 calculates PEC for any command  
or data received and compares it with the PEC follow-  
ing the command or data. The command or data is  
regarded as valid only if the PEC matches. LTC2949  
also attaches the calculated PEC at the end of the data  
it shifts out. Table 22 shows the format of PEC while  
writing to or reading from LTC2949.  
The packet error code (PEC) is a 15-bit cyclic redundancy  
check (CRC) value calculated for all of the bits in a reg-  
ister group in the order they are passed, using the initial  
PEC seed value of 000000000010000 and the following  
characteristic polynomial: x15 + x14 + x10 + x8 + x7 +  
x4 + x3 + 1. To calculate the 15-bit PEC value, a simple  
procedure can be established:  
1. Initialize the PEC to 000000000010000 (PEC is a 15-  
bit register group)  
2. For each bit DIN coming into the PEC register group,  
set  
IN0 = DIN XOR PEC [14]  
IN3 = IN0 XOR PEC [2]  
IN4 = IN0 XOR PEC [3]  
IN7 = IN0 XOR PEC [6]  
IN8 = IN0 XOR PEC [7]  
IN10 = IN0 XOR PEC [9]  
IN14 = IN0 XOR PEC [13]  
3. Update the 15-bit PEC as follows  
PEC [14] = IN14,  
PEC [13] = PEC [12],  
PEC [12] = PEC [11],  
PEC [11] = PEC [10],  
PEC [10] = IN10,  
PEC [9] = PEC [8],  
PEC [8] = IN8,  
PEC [7] = IN7,  
PEC [6] = PEC [5],  
PEC [5] = PEC [4],  
PEC [4] = IN4,  
PEC [3] = IN3,  
PEC [2] = PEC [1],  
PEC [1] = PEC [0],  
PEC [0] = IN0  
Rev A  
38  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
SERIAL INTERFACES  
Table 21. PEC Calculation for 0x0001  
PEC[14]  
PEC[13]  
PEC[12]  
PEC[11]  
PEC[10]  
PEC[9]  
PEC[8]  
PEC[7]  
PEC[6]  
PEC[5]  
PEC[4]  
PEC[3]  
PEC[2]  
PEC[1]  
PEC[0]  
IN14  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
8
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
9
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
10  
1
0
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
11  
1
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
12  
1
0
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
13  
1
1
1
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
14  
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
15  
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
IN10  
PEC Word  
IN8  
IN7  
IN4  
IN3  
IN0  
DIN  
Clock Cycle  
16  
Table 22. Write/Read PEC Format  
NAME  
PEC0  
PEC1  
RD/WR  
RD/WR  
RD/WR  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
PEC[7]  
0
PEC[14]  
PEC[6]  
PEC[13]  
PEC[5]  
PEC[12]  
PEC[4]  
PEC[11]  
PEC[3]  
PEC[10]  
PEC[2]  
PEC[9]  
PEC[1]  
PEC[8]  
PEC[0]  
Improved PEC Calculation  
derived PEC calculation method. There are two functions,  
thefirstfunctioninit_PEC15_Table()shouldonlybecalled  
once when the microcontroller starts and will initialize a  
PEC15 table array called pec15Table[]. This table will be  
used in all future PEC calculations. The pec15 table can  
also be hard coded into the microcontroller rather than  
running the init_PEC15_Table() function at startup. The  
pec15() function calculates the PEC and will return the  
correct 15-bit PEC for byte arrays of any given length.  
The PEC allows the user to have confidence that the serial  
data read from the LTC2949 is valid and has not been cor-  
ruptedbyanyexternalnoisesource.Thisisacriticalfeature  
for reliable communication and the LTC2949 requires that  
aPECbecalculatedforalldatabeingreadfromandwritten  
to the LTC2949. For this reason it is important to have an  
efficient method for calculating the PEC. The code below  
demonstrates a simple implementation of a lookup table  
Rev A  
39  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
SERIAL INTERFACES  
/************************************  
Copyright 2012 Linear Technology Corp. (LTC)  
Permission to freely use, copy, modify, and distribute this software for any  
purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above  
copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies:  
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND LTC DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES  
INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO  
EVENT SHALL LTC BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL  
DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM ANY USE OF SAME, INCLUDING  
ANY LOSS OF USE OR DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE  
OR OTHER TORTUOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR  
PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.  
***********************************************************/  
int16 pec15Table[256];  
int16 CRC15_POLY = 0x4599;  
void init_PEC15_Table()  
{
for (int i = 0; i < 256; i++)  
{
remainder = i << 7;  
for (int bit = 8; bit > 0; --bit)  
{
if (remainder & 0x4000)  
{
remainder = ((remainder << 1));  
remainder = (remainder ^ CRC15poly)  
}
else  
{
remainder = ((remainder << 1));  
}
}
pec15Table[i] = remainder&0xFFFF;  
}
}
unsigned int16 pec15 (char *data , int len)  
{
int16 remainder,address;  
remainder = 16;//PEC seed  
for (int i = 0; i < len; i++)  
{
address = ((remainder >> 7) ^ data[i]) & 0xff;//calculate PEC table address  
remainder = (remainder << 8 ) ^ pec15Table[address];  
}
return(remainder*2);//TheCRC15hasa0intheLSBsothefinalvaluemustbemultipliedby2  
}
Rev A  
40  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER MAP  
Rev A  
41  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
Register Naming Conventions  
RW Read-Write  
DEF Default Value  
RO  
SO  
Read Only  
SI  
UI  
Signed Integer  
Set Only (Note)  
Unsigned Integer  
Note: Write 1 to SO bits to request the associated action. Successful write can be checked by a read command directly following the write command. After  
the action was performed the SO bit will be cleared automatically by LTC2949. Do not write to registers with SO bits, before all SO bits were read as 0. The  
typical processing time per action is t  
or t  
depending on operation mode, see related bit description for details.  
IDLE_CORE  
CONT  
MEMORY MAP AND PAGING MECHANISM  
The memory map of the LTC2949 is organized in two pages, PAGE0 and PAGE1. PAGE0 contains all slow channel  
result quantities, control and status registers while PAGE1 contains all threshold and configuration registers. Each  
page has a register address space ranging from 0x00 to 0xEF, with each register consisting of one 8-bit byte of data.  
Registers 0xF0 to 0xFF are common to both register pages. Register REGSCTRL at 0xFF is part of this range and is  
used to switch between pages, see below. For clarity, all register addresses on PAGE1 are expressed as p1.0xYY in the  
following while addresses on PAGE0 are simply referred to as 0xYY.  
Multiple-byte data is stored with most significant byte at the lowest address (little-endian). For instance, the MSB  
C1[47:40] of the quantity C1 is stored at address 0x00 in PAGE0.  
Note that reading data from LTC2949's memory map (no matter if using direct command or indirect memory ac-  
cess RDCV command with RDCVCONF=0) reports MSBytes first, while reading fast conversion results via RDCV  
(RDCVCONF=1) reports LSBytes first.  
Some addresses in the register map are not used and are reserved. Bits in non-reserved registers that are not explic-  
itly described are also reserved. Writing to unused reserved registers or reserved bits in non-reserved registers may  
result in unwanted behavior of the LTC2949, reserved bits in non-reserved registers should be written as 0; reading of  
unused registers is generally harmless but will return random data. If software detection of device revision is neces-  
sary, then contact the factory for details.  
Register Control Register  
The Register Control Register (0xFF) selects the active memory page, allows to configure the LTC2949 to respond to  
broadcast read commands, configures the RDCV command to indirect memory access mode and provides a memory  
locking mechanism.  
Table 23. Control Register REGSCTRL (0xFF)  
BIT  
SYMBOL  
TYPE  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
0
PAGE  
RW  
0
Memory Map Page Select  
0: PAGE0 of the memory map is selected.  
1: PAGE1 of the memory map is selected.  
2
BCREN  
RW  
RW  
0
Broadcast Read Enable  
0: LTC2949 does not respond to broadcast read commands  
1: LTC2949 responds to broadcast read commands  
[5:4]  
MLK[1:0]  
00  
Memory Lock  
00: Memory not locked  
01: Memory lock requested by master  
10: Memory locked  
7
RDCVCONF  
RW  
1
RDCV Configuration Bit  
0: Indirect memory access mode. RDCV will report data starting at address written to  
RDCVIADDR (0xFC).  
1: RDCV command will report latest fast channel conversion results.  
Rev A  
42  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
LTC2949 provides a mechanism to lock the memory to  
keep coherency between registers when accessing the  
memory.Amemorylockingcanberequestedbythemaster  
by setting bits MLK[1:0] to 01. Now the LTC2949 updates  
its registers, e.g. with measurement results. During this  
time, read and write access to the LTC2949 memory apart  
from registers REGSCTR and RDCVIADDR is blocked.  
After all registers are updated by the LTC2949, it sets  
MLK[1:0] to 10 to indicate to the Master that memory is  
locked. The LTC2949 does not update the memory map  
any more until the master unlocks the memory by writing  
MLK[1:0] to 00.  
ꢀRꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢊꢈ  
ꢁꢍꢎꢂꢃAꢏ ꢐꢑ ꢒꢐꢅꢅꢁꢍꢓ ꢄꢅꢆ ꢁꢂ ꢁꢎ Aꢅꢎꢐ  
ꢒꢐꢎꢎꢁꢔꢅꢃ ꢂꢐ ꢕꢖꢎꢂ ꢀAꢁꢂ ꢗꢊꢘꢙ ꢁꢍ  
ꢚAꢎꢃ ꢐꢑ ꢎꢂAꢍꢏꢔꢛ ꢄꢐꢏꢃ ꢐR ꢈꢜꢊꢘꢙ  
ꢁꢍ ꢚAꢎꢃ ꢐꢑ ꢄꢃAꢎꢖRꢃ ꢄꢐꢏꢃ  
ꢒꢐꢅꢅ ꢖꢍꢂꢁꢅ  
ꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢈꢊ  
ꢄꢃꢄꢐRꢛ  
ꢅꢐꢚꢆꢃꢏ  
Aꢚꢚꢃꢎꢎ  
ꢄꢃꢄꢐRꢛ  
The LTC2949’s internal memory is still updated while the  
memory is locked and thus accumulation of values and  
updating of alerts is not interrupted. Once the memory is  
locked the master can read consistent data even by single  
byte access. Data does not change between those single  
read transactions. It is also possible to manipulate result  
parametervaluese.g.tosetacertainstartvalueforCharge  
ꢀRꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢉꢊꢋꢌꢊꢊ  
ꢝꢞꢗꢞ ꢑꢈꢞ  
Figure 19. Memory Locking  
or Energy etc. Coherency within a single row of 16 bytes  
(register ranges 0x00 to 0x0F, 0x10 to 0x1F, ... and 0xE0  
to 0xEF) is always guaranteed for multiple byte read and  
write bursts and does not require memory locking.  
Table 24. Operation Control OPCTRL (0xF0)  
BIT  
SYMBOL TYPE DEFAULT OPERATION  
0
SLEEP  
RW  
SO  
SO  
0
0
0
0: Normal operation  
1: SLEEP. The LTC2949 will exit SLEEP state if the pin CSB is pulled low in SPI mode or if a wake-up pulse  
followed by another "Long -1" pulse is sent in isoSPI mode.  
1
2
CLR  
1: Clear. The Accumulation and Tracking (max/min) registers are cleared: C1, E1, TB1, C2, E2, TB2, C3, TB4, E4,  
TB4 IMAX, IMIN, PMAX, PMIN, VMAX, VMIN, TEMPMAX, TEMPMIN, VDVCCMAX, VDVCCMIN, SLOTXMAX,  
SLOTXMIN  
SSHOT  
1: Single Shot Measurement. LTC2949 enters state MEASURE and returns to state STANDBY after completion  
of a single set of measurements of Current, Voltage, Power, Temperature, V , SLOT1, SLOT2, V . The result  
CC  
REF  
registers are updated and SSHOT is cleared when returning to STANDBY. If CONT is set, it is cleared after  
completion of any conversion cycle in progress and the single shot measurement is executed.  
3
5
CONT  
RW  
SO  
0
0
0: Continuous measurement is disabled  
1: Continuous measurement is enabled after < t  
. Measurement cycles run continuously. Charge, Energy  
IDLE_CORE  
and Time measurements are only active in Continuous mode.  
ADJUPD  
To insure data coherency, changes in the 2nd page's configuration registers, except threshold settings,  
only become effective after an update procedure, which is initialized by setting bit ADJUPD. Once the new  
configuration values are valid, LTC2949 resets the bit ADJUPD. Changes to the threshold registers may be done  
at any time and don't require the ADJUPD procedure.  
1: Request an update of configuration registers on 2nd memory page, except threshold settings.  
0: Update done  
7
RST  
SO  
0
0: Normal operation, 1: Reset device. As default the reset feature is locked and writing 1 to this bit has no effect.  
See RSTUNLCK for procedure how to reset the device.  
Note 9: ADJUPD shall be issued when in STANDBY mode only. The recommended implementation is to set ADJUPD as the last action of the initialization  
routine, before entering continuous mode. Once ADJUPD is set it takes a maximum of 100ms until LTC2949 has finished the internal update process and the  
bit ADJUPD is cleared automatically. Thus it is also possible to poll the bit ADJUPD for being cleared to indicate when the operation is done.  
In cases where it is necessary to assert ADJUPD after CONT was enabled, it is necessary to clear the bit CONT before, wait 100ms to ensure that all  
measurement cycles have completed and then assert ADJUPD. After ADJUPD was cleared automatically, the Continuous Mode may be entered again.  
To avoid the 100ms wait time when going to STANDBY mode, it is also possible to clear CONT and set CLR at the same time and poll for the bit CLR being  
cleared by LTC2949. This indicates also the end of any previously ongoing measurement cycle.  
Rev A  
43  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
Reading of status (0x80), faults (0xDC-0xDD) and alert (0x81-0x87) registers may always be done without memory  
locking. Still, once it is necessary to clear those registers, memory locking is mandatory to avoid missing any alert  
and faults reporting. If an alert condition occurs while the memory is locked, LTC2949 will set the corresponding bit  
after the memory is unlocked by the host. This rule must be followed independent of the core state, as certain faults  
may also be raised in STANDBY mode.  
Any fast conversions are not affected by the memory locking mechanism, thus it is still possible to change FAMUX  
settings, trigger fast single shots, read results via RDCV. Also reading conversion results from the FIFOs during fast  
continuous measurements is still possible.  
Operation Control Register  
The Operation Control Register OPCTRL (0xF0) controls LTC2949's transitions between its CORE States: SLEEP,  
STANDBY, and MEASURE. Furthermore, it allows to clear accumulation and tracking registers, to validate changes of  
the configuration registers and to reset the LTC2949.  
REGISTER MAP PAGE0  
Wake Up Acknowledge  
The LTC2949 automatically returns to SLEEP state if no wake up confirmation command is received within 1 second  
after entering STANDBY state. Wake up confirmation can be either writing 0x00 to register 0x70 or starting of a mea-  
surement. Before wake up confirmation, WKUPACK will report a countdown from 0xFF to 0x00 within approximately  
1 second. Countdown will stop and WKUPACK will statically report 0x00 after wake up confirmation.  
ꢀAꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅ ꢀꢆꢇꢈ ꢉꢆRꢂꢊꢇ  
RꢂAꢉ ꢊꢋꢌꢌAꢍꢉꢎ  
ꢀAꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅ ꢀꢆꢇꢈ ꢆꢉꢊꢆRꢂꢋꢇ  
RꢂAꢊ ꢋꢌꢍꢍAꢉꢊꢎ  
ꢀAꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅ ꢅRꢆꢇꢂꢈꢄRꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ ꢃꢄꢅꢅꢆ  
ꢇꢆꢈꢁ ꢈꢉ ꢊAꢋꢁꢌꢄꢍ ꢎꢏꢐꢀꢍꢑ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ ꢃꢄꢅꢅꢆ  
ꢇꢆꢈꢁ ꢈꢉ ꢊAꢋꢁꢌꢄꢍ ꢎꢉRꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢂ  
ꢀRꢁꢂꢃ ꢄꢅꢆꢄ ꢂꢇ  
RꢈꢉꢊꢁAꢈꢈR Aꢋꢈ ꢄꢅꢄꢌ ꢂꢇ  
RꢃꢍꢎꢉꢂRꢏ ꢊꢁA ꢌꢐꢑꢒꢂꢃ  
ꢀRꢁꢂꢃ ꢉꢇꢓꢓAꢋꢈ  
ꢀRꢁꢂꢃ RꢃꢄꢅꢆꢂRꢇ ꢀꢁꢂꢈ ꢉAꢄꢃ ꢊ ꢋ  
Aꢌꢍ RꢍꢆꢎꢆꢏꢌꢐꢑꢒꢆRꢃꢌ  
AꢆꢆꢏRꢍꢁꢌꢄ ꢂꢏ ꢍꢁRꢃꢆꢂꢑꢁꢌꢍꢁRꢃꢆꢂ  
RꢃAꢍ ꢓꢏꢍꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁꢁꢃꢂꢄꢅꢆꢄꢅꢄꢇꢆꢈꢇꢉ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢁꢆꢇꢃꢃꢃꢈꢃꢃꢃꢉ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢄꢅꢃꢆꢇꢁꢈꢈꢈꢈꢈꢈꢆꢇꢉAꢉꢊ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢁꢄꢅꢆꢅꢇ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢁꢆꢇꢃꢃꢅAꢈꢉꢊꢋ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢆꢇ  
RꢀAꢁ ꢂꢃꢄꢅRꢆ  
ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃꢄꢁ ꢅAꢆA ꢇRꢈAꢅ Aꢄ ꢉ ꢊꢊꢊꢋ  
ꢌꢍꢃꢎꢈ ꢏꢐRꢈꢀ ꢑ ꢒ ꢇꢅꢈꢉAꢓꢋ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀ ꢁ ꢂꢃ ꢄꢅꢆ ꢅR ꢇꢄꢅꢈꢉ ꢊꢋꢌꢃꢍꢎ ꢍꢏꢄꢃꢐ  
ꢑ ꢁ ꢂꢃ ꢒꢎꢉꢒ ꢅR ꢓꢄꢅꢈꢉ ꢊꢋꢌꢃꢍꢎ ꢍꢏꢄꢃꢐ  
ꢔꢐ ꢕꢕꢕ ꢁ ꢖꢅꢃꢎ ꢗꢖAꢃꢘꢐRꢙꢘꢅꢙꢃꢄAꢚꢐꢛ ꢜAꢘA  
ꢝꢞAꢕꢕꢕ ꢁ ꢖꢎꢃꢅ ꢗꢃꢄAꢚꢐꢙꢘꢅꢙꢖAꢃꢘꢐRꢛ ꢜAꢘA  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢃ ꢄ ꢅ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇAꢈꢄꢄꢄꢉꢄꢄꢄꢊ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇAꢈꢄꢄꢄꢉꢄꢄꢄꢊ  
ꢀRꢁꢂꢃ ꢄꢅꢄꢄ ꢂꢆ  
ꢀꢇꢈꢉAꢊꢇ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁ ꢃꢀꢄꢅ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
Note: When operating on top of a daisy chain, more than one dummy byte has to be send every time the isoSPI chain has to be woken up. See also  
'Waking a Daisy Chain' chapters in latest cell monitor datasheets (e.g. LTC6812) for recommended procedures.  
Figure 20a. Flow Chart of Recommended Wake-Up Procedure and Example SPI Transactions for Direct and Indirect Read Scenarios  
Rev A  
44  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
ꢀAꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅ ꢀꢆꢇꢈ ꢉꢆRꢂꢊꢇ  
RꢂAꢉ ꢊꢋꢌꢌAꢍꢉꢎ  
ꢀAꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅ ꢅRꢆꢇꢂꢈꢄRꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ ꢃꢄꢅꢅꢆ  
ꢇꢆꢈꢁ ꢈꢉ ꢊAꢋꢁꢌꢄꢍ ꢎꢏꢐꢀꢍꢑ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ ꢃꢄꢅꢅꢆ  
ꢇꢆꢈꢁ ꢈꢉ ꢊAꢋꢁꢌꢄꢍ ꢎꢉRꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁꢁꢃꢂꢄꢅꢆꢄꢅꢄꢇꢆꢈꢇꢉ  
ꢀRꢁꢂꢃ RꢃꢄꢅꢆꢂRꢇ ꢀꢁꢂꢈ ꢉAꢄꢃ ꢊ ꢋ  
Aꢌꢍ RꢍꢆꢎꢆꢏꢌꢐꢑꢒꢆRꢃꢌ  
AꢆꢆꢏRꢍꢁꢌꢄ ꢂꢏ ꢍꢁRꢃꢆꢂꢑꢁꢌꢍꢁRꢃꢆꢂ  
RꢃAꢍ ꢓꢏꢍꢃ  
Aꢀ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢁꢆꢇꢃꢃꢃꢈꢃꢃꢃꢉ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁꢃꢄꢅꢁꢆꢇꢃꢃꢅAꢈꢉꢊꢋ  
RꢀAꢁ ꢂꢃꢄꢅRꢆ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇAꢈꢄꢄꢄꢉꢄꢄꢄꢊ  
ꢀRꢁꢂꢃ ꢄꢅꢄꢄ ꢂꢆ  
ꢀꢇꢈꢉAꢊꢇ  
ꢀꢁꢂ ꢃꢄ ꢅꢆꢇꢈꢈꢉ ꢊ ꢋꢄ  
Aꢀ ꢁꢂꢃꢄꢄꢅ ꢆ ꢇꢀ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃRꢄꢅꢆꢄꢇꢇꢁ ꢈ ꢉ  
ꢀ ꢁ ꢂꢃ ꢄꢅꢆ ꢅR ꢇꢄꢅꢈꢉ ꢊꢋꢌꢃꢍꢎ ꢍꢏꢄꢃꢐ  
ꢑ ꢁ ꢂꢃ ꢒꢎꢉꢒ ꢅR ꢓꢄꢅꢈꢉ ꢊꢋꢌꢃꢍꢎ ꢍꢏꢄꢃꢐ  
ꢔꢐ ꢕꢕꢕ ꢁ ꢖꢅꢃꢎ ꢗꢖAꢃꢘꢐRꢙꢘꢅꢙꢃꢄAꢚꢐꢛ ꢜAꢘA  
ꢝꢞAꢕꢕꢕ ꢁ ꢖꢎꢃꢅ ꢗꢃꢄAꢚꢐꢙꢘꢅꢙꢖAꢃꢘꢐRꢛ ꢜAꢘA  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁ ꢃꢀꢄꢅ  
Figure 20b. Flow Chart of Recommended Wake-Up Procedure Implemented in a Sequence Without Polling  
Rev A  
45  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
Table 25. Wake Up Acknowledge Register (0x70)  
BIT  
SYMBOL  
TYPE  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
[7:0]  
WKUPACK  
RW  
see above 0x00: Wake up is confirmed. Part will not return to SLEEP.  
Anything else: Wake up is not confirmed. Part will return to SLEEP.  
In applications where LTC2949 is connected on top of a daisychain, the bit BCREN in REGSCTRL must be set before  
being able to read from LTC2949. This is only possible after the boot sequence has finished. Polling of the SLEEP bit  
being cleared can still be implemented by interleaving the read of OPCTRL with a write to REGSCTRL with BCREN=1 (all  
other bits 0). As this scenario also implies indirect register reads via RDCV commands (for this reason RDCVCONF=0),  
the write to REGSCTRL can be done in a single four byte burst together with RDCVIADDR (set to 0xF0); the two bytes  
between RDCVIADDR and REGSCTRL set to 0x00. Thus the four bytes to be written are 0xF0,0x00,0x00,0x04 and the  
following RDCV command will report the content of OPCTRL. Still, if the boot sequence is not completed, LTC2949  
will ignore the broadcast RDCV command and thus the master will read always 0xFF (which is also compatible with  
SLEEP=1), including PEC=0xFFFF if 8 bytes are read (its not necessary to read till the PEC in this case). After the boot  
OPCTRL will be read as 0x00.  
Accumulated Result Registers  
The registers in Table 26 and Table 27 contain the accumulated quantities Charge, Energy and Time. The Time regis-  
ters are unsigned integer values while the Charge and Energy registers are two’s complement signed integer values.  
The value of each accumulated quantity can be determined by multiplying the respective register value with the cor-  
responding LSB value from Table 26 (if the internal clock or crystal is used as a reference clock) or Table 27 (if an  
external reference clock is used).  
Table 26. Accumulated Results Register Parameters for Use with Crystal or Internal Clock  
LSB (4MHz CRYSTAL OR PRE (4MHz DIV (4MHz  
ADDRESS  
NAME  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
PARAMETER  
INTERNAL CLOCK)  
LSBC1 = 377.887e-12  
LSBE1 = 2.32175e-09  
CRYSTAL)  
CRYSTAL)  
UNIT  
SI/UI  
SI  
0x00  
C1[47:0]  
E1[47:0]  
TB1[31:0]  
C2[47:0]  
E2[47:0]  
TB2[31:0]  
C3[63:0]  
TB3[31:0]  
E4[63:0]  
TB4[31:0]  
Charge1 = C1 • LSBC1  
Energy1 = E1 • LSBE1  
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
30  
Vs  
2
0x06  
V s  
SI  
0x0C  
0x10  
Time1 = TB1 • LSBTB1 LSBTB1 = 397.777E-06  
s
UI  
SI  
Charge2 = C2 • LSBC2  
Energy2 = E2 • LSBE2  
LSBC2 = 377.887e-12  
LSBE2 = 2.32175e-09  
Vs  
2
0x16  
V s  
SI  
0x1C  
0x24  
Time2 = TB2 • LSBTB2 LSBTB2 = 397.777E-06  
Charge3 = C3 • LSBC3 LSBC3 = 377.887e-12  
Time3 = TB3 • LSBTB3 LSBTB3 = 397.777E-06  
Energy4 = E4 • LSBE4 LSBE4 = 2.32175e-09  
Time4 = TB4 • LSBTB4 LSBTB4 = 397.777E-06  
s
Vs  
s
UI  
SI  
0x2C  
0x34  
UI  
SI  
2
V s  
0x3C  
s
UI  
Charge1, Energy1 and Time1 contain accumulated quantities of Channel1. Charge2, Energy2 and Time2 contain accu-  
mulated quantities of Channel2. Charge3 and Time3 contain the weighted sum of charges monitored by Channel1 and  
Channel2 and the corresponding time. Similarly Energy4 and Time4 contain the weighted sum of energies monitored  
by Channel1 and Channel2 and the corresponding time.  
If different sense resistors are used on CH1 and CH2, the LTC2949 uses the ratio of the sense resistors (RSRATIO) set  
in the Gain Configuration Registers to compute the correct weighted sums Charge3 and Energy4.  
When the internal clock is used, PRE and DIV should be set to their default values which is done by writing 0x07 to register  
(0xE9), otherwise the values of PRE(0xE9)[2:0] and DIV(0xE9)[7:3] should be set according to section Timebase Control.  
Rev A  
46  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
Table 27. Accumulated Results Register Parameters for Use with External Clock  
ADDRESS  
0x00  
NAME  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
PARAMETER  
LSB  
UNIT  
SI/UI  
SI  
PRE  
C1[47:0]  
E1[47:0]  
TB1[31:0]  
C2[47:0]  
E2[47:0]  
TB2[31:0]  
C3[63:0]  
TB3[31:0]  
E4[63:0]  
TB4[31:0]  
Charge1 = C1 • LSBC1  
Energy1 = E1 • LSBE1  
Time1 = TB1 • LSBTB1  
Charge2 = C2 • LSBC2  
Energy2 = E2 • LSBE2  
Time2 = TB2 • LSBTB2  
Charge3 = C3 • LSBC3  
Time3 = TB3 • LSBTB3  
Energy4 = E4 • LSBE4  
Time4 = TB4 • LSBTB4  
LSBC1 = 1.21899e–5 • 1/fext • 2  
• (DIV+1)  
Vs  
PRE  
2
0x06  
LSBE1 = 7.4895e–5 • 1/fext • 2  
• (DIV+1)  
• (DIV+1)  
V s  
SI  
PRE  
0x0C  
0x10  
LSBTB1 = 12.8315 • 1/fext • 2  
LSBC2 = 1.21899e–5 • 1/fext • 2  
s
UI  
SI  
PRE  
• (DIV+1)  
• (DIV+1)  
• (DIV+1)  
Vs  
PRE  
2
0x16  
LSBE2 = 7.4895e–5 • 1/fext • 2  
V s  
SI  
PRE  
0x1C  
0x24  
LSBTB2 = 12.8315 • 1/fext • 2  
LSBC3 = 1.21899e–5 • 1/fext • 2  
s
Vs  
s
UI  
SI  
PRE  
• (DIV+1)  
• (DIV+1)  
PRE  
0x2C  
0x34  
LSBTB3 = 12.8315 • 1/fext • 2  
LSBE4 = 7.4895e–5 • 1/fext • 2  
UI  
SI  
PRE  
2
• (DIV+1)  
V s  
PRE  
0x3C  
LSBTB4 = 12.8315 • 1/fext • 2  
• (DIV+1)  
s
UI  
Note: Values of PRE and DIV should be calculated according to Timebase Control section.  
For instance, an external clock frequency of 10MHz would require values PRE to be set to 4 and DIV to be set to 19.  
With f =10MHz, LSBC1 is calculated as 390.078e-12 VS. To get the Charge1 value, the register content of C1 is  
EXT  
multiplied with LSBC1. In this case, a C1 register value of 0x 75 5A 10 or 7690768 and the resulting Charge1 is 0.003  
VS. For a sense resistor of 300µΩ this corresponds to 10As.  
++  
LSB values may be calculated easily using the Quick Eval software for the LTC2949 or by using the C/C header files  
provided in the code section of the LTC2949 (see LTC2949 evaluation board DC2732A manual for details). The registers  
for Charge, Energy and Time can be preset to a non-zero initial value. In Continuous Mode all bytes of the respective  
quantity must be written in the same multi-byte transaction or while the memory is locked.  
Non-Accumulated Result Registers  
Registers in Table 28 contain measured values of Currents, Powers, Voltages, Temperatures, VCC and VREF. All quanti-  
ties are represented as two's complement signed integer values.  
Current 1 represents the differential voltage sensed between CF1P and CF1M. Current 2 represents the differential volt-  
age sensed between CF2P and CF2M. Battery voltage (BAT) is the differential voltage across pins VBATP and VBATM.  
Power 1 is the instantaneous multiplication of BAT and current 1. Power 2 is the instantaneous multiplication of BAT  
and current 2. Temperature is the temperature of the on-silicon temperature sensor. VCC is the voltage across pins  
A/DVCC and AGND. Registers SLOT1 and SLOT2 contain the results of the two multiplexer inputs choosen ac-  
cording to Table 58 and can be configured to give out voltage or temperature by means of the NTC Configuration  
Registers (Table 70). VREF is the voltage across pins VREF and AGND. The moving average of the four preced-  
ing current measurements are stored in I1AVG and I2AVG. The values of these four current measurements are  
retained in the Current History registers; Current 1 History 1 is the result prior to Current 1, Current 1 History 2 is  
the current result prior to Current 1 History 1, and so on. All measured values are scaled with the LSB values from  
. To calculate the physical value of the measured parameter, multiply the register value by the appropriate LSB value.  
Table 28. Non-Accumulated Results Register Parameters  
ADDRESS  
NAME  
TYPE  
DEFAULT  
PARAMETER  
Current 1  
LSB  
950  
UNIT  
SI/UI  
SI  
0x90  
I1[23:0]  
RO  
0x00  
nV  
2
Power 1 (Power, P1ASV =0)  
Power 1 (Voltage, P1ASV=1)  
Current 2  
5.8368  
46.875  
950  
μ[V ]  
SI  
0x93  
0x96  
P1[23:0]  
I2[23:0]  
RO  
RO  
0x00  
0x00  
µV  
nV  
SI  
SI  
Rev A  
47  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
Table 28. Non-Accumulated Results Register Parameters (continued)  
ADDRESS  
NAME  
TYPE  
DEFAULT  
PARAMETER  
Power 2 (Power, P2ASV =0)  
Power 2 (Voltage, P2ASV=1)  
Current 1 Moving Average  
Battery Voltage  
LSB  
5.8368  
46.875  
237.5  
375  
UNIT  
SI/UI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
2
μ[V ]  
0x99  
P2[23:0]  
RO  
0x00  
µV  
nV  
μV  
°C  
0x9C  
0xA0  
0xA2  
0xA4  
0xA6  
I1AVG[23:0]  
BAT[15:0]  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
TEMP [15:0]  
VCC[15:0]  
Temperature  
0.2  
Voltage at A/DVCC  
SLOT 1 (Voltage)  
2.26  
mV  
μV  
°C  
SLOT1[15:0]  
375  
SLOT 1 (Temp.)  
0.2  
0xA8  
SLOT2[15:0]  
RO  
0x00  
SLOT 2 (Voltage)  
375  
μV  
°C  
SLOT 2 (Temp)  
0.2  
0xAA  
0xAC  
0xB3  
0xB6  
0xB9  
0xBC  
0xC3  
0xC6  
0xC9  
0xCC  
0xF7  
0xF8  
0xF9  
0xFA  
VREF[15:0]  
I2AVG[23:0]  
I1H1[23:0]  
I1H2[23:0]  
I1H3[23:0]  
I1H4[23:0]  
I2H1[23:0]  
I2H2[23:0]  
I2H3[23:0]  
I2H4[23:0]  
FIFOI1[15:0]  
FIFOI2[15:0]  
FIFOBAT[15:0]  
FIFOAUX[15:0]  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
RO  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
Voltage at VREF  
375  
μV  
nV  
nV  
nV  
nV  
nV  
nV  
nV  
nV  
nV  
μV  
μV  
μV  
μV  
Current 2 Moving Average  
Current 1 History 1  
Current 1 History 2  
Current 1 History 3  
Current 1 History 4  
Current 2 History 1  
Current 2 History 2  
Current 2 History 3  
Current 2 History 4  
Fast Current 1  
237.5  
950  
950  
950  
950  
950  
950  
950  
950  
7.60371  
7.60371  
375.183  
375.183  
Fast Current 2  
Fast Battery Voltage  
Fast AUX HVMUX  
The FIFO registers 0xF7 to 0xFA allow to read conversion results in fast continuous mode. When reading from those  
registers, the internal address auto-increment stops, allowing to read any number of bytes the fixed addresses. For  
each sample, three bytes have to be read which are MSB, LSB and TAG, see also fast mode section and below descrip-  
tion for more details.  
In Fast Mode, ADC conversion results turn negative when exceeding positive and clip when exceeding negative full-scale  
values. In Slow Modes, ADC conversion results clip when exceeding positive and negative full-scale values. Full-scale  
values are always beyond the specified input range.  
Registers I1AVG (0x9C) and I2AVG (0xAC) are copied to registers 0xB0 and 0xC0, respectively. Thus, 0x9C-0x9E will  
report the same values as 0xB0-0xB2 and 0xAC-0xAE will report the same values as 0xC0-0xC2.  
Rev A  
48  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
Table 29. FIFO Register Read Format.  
DATA BYTE  
NAME  
S [15:8]  
DESCRIPTION  
0
MSB of measured sample N  
LSB of measured sample N  
Tag of sample N  
N
1
S [7:0]  
N
2
TAG  
N
3
S
S
[15:8]  
MSB of measured sample N+1  
LSB of measured sample N+1  
Tag of sample N+1  
N+1  
N+1  
4
[7:0]  
5
TAG  
N+1  
3*M  
3*M+1  
3*M+2  
S
S
[15:8]  
[7:0]  
MSB of measured sample N+M  
LSB of measured sample N+M  
Tag of sample N+M  
N+M  
N+M  
TAG  
N+M  
The column Data Byte does not count the PEC bytes, which depend on the setting of data bytes per PEC (ID-byte for  
DCMD or fixed to six for RDCV). For maximum data throughput it is recommended to read the FIFOs with DCMDs with  
16 bytes per PEC and multiples of 16 samples (= 48 data bytes + 3 • 2 PEC bytes).  
Table 30. FIFO TAG Definitions.  
TAG  
NAME  
OK  
DESCRIPTION  
0x00  
0x55  
0xAA  
Valid, new sample  
RDOVR  
WROVR  
Read overrun, sample was already read  
Write overrun, FIFO was filled completely and at least one sample was already overwritten  
It is recommended to connect LTC2949 always in parallel to a daisy chain. Also, in the scenario where LTC2949 is con-  
nected at one end of a reversible isoSPI chain, the default communication should be done with direct read commands.  
Only in case the direct isoSPI link to LTC2949 fails, the communication would be routed through the daisy chain.  
InthisconfigurationwhereLTC2949isontopofadaisychain, afterthebroadcastRDCVcommand, thestackedLTC68xx  
Cell Monitors turn into a cascaded shift register, in which data is shifted through each device to the next device in the  
stack. In this scenario, at the end of the read transaction, there is always a fixed number of samples stuck in the shift  
register, that is never transmitted to the master.  
Several approaches are possible to avoid or minimize the loss of samples. Either fast continuous mode is stopped  
(FACONV=0), the FIFO is read until empty and then fast continuous measurement is repeated (FACONV=1). This results  
in a time window without measurements, equal to the time it takes to read the samples. For example, at 1Mbit/s serial  
clock rate, it takes 0.8 ms (approximately one fast conversion time) to read 24 samples (four byte command and PEC,  
72 data bytes, 24 data PEC bytes equals in total 100 bytes or 800 bits). For lower clock speeds or longer cycle times,  
where more samples are read per cycle, the following approach is more efficient.  
Alternatively, the FIFO read burst must be long enough to always empty the FIFO and read at least one sample with  
TAG RDOVR. Still, also here, one sample with TAG OK can arrive after the RDOVR and would then be stuck in the daisy  
chain’s shift register. If the latency of the shift register (number of devices in the daisy chain times eight bytes times  
eight bit per byte divided by SPI clock speed) is longer than one fast conversion time, even more than one sample can  
get stuck in the daisy chain.  
Rev A  
49  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
Tracking Registers  
The tracking registers keep track of the maximum and minimum values of previous conversions since the last reset.  
Value scaling is done in the same manner as the non-accumulated register values, using LSB values from Table 31.  
Negative values are treated as smaller (more minimum) than positive values as the minimum registers are updated.  
For example: A register value I1MAX(0x40,0x41) of 0000 0001 1111 0100b = 01 F4h = 500d indicates a resulting  
maximum sense resistor signal of 500 • 3.8µV = 1.9mV. A register value I1MIN(0x42,0x43) of 1111 1010 0010 0100b  
= FA 24h = –1500d indicates a minimum sense resistor signal of –1500 • 3.8µV = –5.7mV. The calculation of the other  
tracked parameter values is done the same way with their corresponding LSB values.  
Table 31. Tracking Registers  
ADDRESS  
0x40  
0x48  
0x42  
0x4A  
0x44  
0x4C  
0x46  
0x4E  
0x50  
0x52  
0x54  
0x56  
0x58  
0x5A  
0x5C  
0x5E  
0x60  
0x62  
NAME  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
0x8000  
0x8000  
0x7FFF  
0x7FFF  
0x8000  
0x8000  
0x7FFF  
0x7FFF  
0x8000  
0x7FFF  
0x8000  
0x7FFF  
0x8000  
0x7FFF  
0x8000  
0x7FFF  
0x8000  
0x7FFF  
PARAMETER  
Max I1 Current  
LSB  
3.8  
UNIT  
μV  
SI/UI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
SI  
I1MAX[15:0]  
I2MAX[15:0]  
Max I2 Current  
3.8  
μV  
I1MIN[15:0]  
Min I1 Current  
3.8  
μV  
I2MIN[15:0]  
Min I2 Current  
3.8  
μV  
2
P1MAX[15:0]  
P2MAX[15:0]  
P1MIN[15:0]  
Max Power 1 (or Battery Voltage for P1ASV=1)  
Max Power 2 (or Battery Voltage for P2ASV=1)  
Min Power 1 (or Battery Voltage for P1ASV=1)  
Min Power 2 (or Battery Voltage for P2ASV=1)  
Max Battery Voltage  
23.347 (187.5)  
23.347 (187.5)  
23.347 (187.5)  
23.347 (187.5)  
375  
μ[V ] (µV)  
2
μ[V ] (µV)  
2
μ[V ] (µV)  
2
P2MIN[15:0]  
μ[V ] (µV)  
BATMAX[15:0]  
BATMIN[15:0]  
TEMPMAX[15:0]  
TEMPMIN[15:0]  
VCCMAX[15:0]  
VCCMIN[15:0]  
SLOT1MAX[15:0]  
SLOT1MIN[15:0]  
SLOT2MAX[15:0]  
SLOT2MIN[15:0]  
μV  
μV  
Min Battery Voltage  
375  
Max Temperature  
0.2  
°C  
Min Temperature  
0.2  
°C  
Max Voltage at A/DVCC  
2.26  
mV  
Min Voltage at A/DVCC  
2.26  
mV  
Max Voltage (or Temperature) at SLOT1  
Min Voltage (or Temperature) at SLOT1  
Max Voltage (or Temperature) at SLOT2  
Min Voltage (or Temperature) at SLOT2  
375 (0.2)  
375 (0.2)  
375 (0.2)  
375 (0.2)  
µV (°C)  
µV (°C)  
µV (°C)  
µV (°C)  
Note that the tracking registers for current and power report only the 16MSBs of the respective 18-bit result registers, leading to a four times larger LSB  
value.  
STATUS, (EXT)FAULTS, Threshold and Overflow Alert Registers  
The registers described in the following chapters are used to signal certain events, like a voltage threshold violation,  
charger or energy overflow, supply undervoltage events and others. After power-up it is recommended to lock the  
memory, read STATUS, FAULTS and EXTFAULTS registers, check for the default values, clear them and finally unlock the  
memory. During normal operation those registers shall be checked periodically to be all zero, except for the UPDATE  
bit. Any other value indicates a failure.  
Any bits in the STATUS, alerts (0x81-0x87), FAULTS and EXTFAULTS registers are only set to 1 by LTC2949 in case  
of an event, but never cleared automatically. After the master reads some bits being set, actions should be taken (e.g.  
to clear the charge register in case of a charge overflow), the memory must be locked (see REGSCTRL), the registers  
Rev A  
50  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
should be read again as other events may have occurred in the meantime, registers that or not 0x00 must be written  
to 0x00 and finally the memory must be unlocked to proceed with normal operation.  
It is not recommended to write those registers without usage of the memory lock, as this may lead to loss of failure  
and alert reports.  
Status and Fault Registers  
The STATUS register reports the status of register updates, undervoltage lockout, and reference clock errors. On power  
up, all undervoltage lockouts and the power-on reset are set to 1. After exit from shutdown, bits UVLOA and UVLOD  
are set. UPDATE is set to 1 when the LTC2949 has finished a measurement cycle and updated the result registers, the  
accumulation registers, and the tracking registers.  
ADCERR is set to 1 if the supply voltage at AVCC is too low for a proper operation of the ADCs. The values in the result  
registers are not valid and should be discarded if ADCERR is set. TBERR is set to 1 if the internal time base overflows.  
This indicates an incorrect setting of the values PRE and DIV with respect to the external clock at CLKI. The values of  
accumulated results registers should be discarded if TBERR is set.  
Table 32. STATUS (0x80)  
BIT  
0
SYMBOL  
UVLOA  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
1: Undervoltage in the analog domain or ADCs during a conversion  
1: Power-on reset has occurred due to undervoltage in the analog domain  
1: Undervoltage in the standby domain  
1
PORA  
2
UVLOSTBY  
UVLOD  
3
1: Undervoltage in the digital domain  
4
UPDATE  
ADCERR  
TBERR  
1: Result registers have been updated  
5
1: The ADC conversion is not valid due to undervoltage during a conversion  
1: Overflow of the internal timebase register. The values of accumulated result registers are invalid  
6
LTC2949 has several types of internal memory that are checked during boot-up via built-in self-test (BIST) routines.  
Errors in individual blocks are reported by the EXTFAULTS and FAULTS registers. The FAULTS register additionally  
reports error in the internal (on-chip) and external (from master to slave on the SPI/isoSPI interface) communication  
and indicates thermal shutdown and fast channel error events.  
Table 33. EXTFAULTS (0xDC)  
BIT  
0
SYMBOL  
HD1BITERR  
ROMERR  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1: Hamming decoder 1-bit error  
1: ROM CRC error  
1: Memory error  
1
2
MEMERR  
3
FCAERR  
1: Fast channel error  
1: XRAM error  
4
XRAMERR  
IRAMERR  
5
1: IRAM error  
7
HWMBISTEXEC  
1: Memory BIST was executed. If SDA is externally pulled low during power-up, the memory  
BIST will be skipped and this bit will be zero. Connect a 4.7k-10k pull-up resistor from SDA to  
BYP1 to ensure correct operation of memory BIST.  
Rev A  
51  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
Table 34. FAULTS (0xDD)  
BIT  
0
SYMBOL  
PROMERR  
TSD  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
1: Error in trim values stored in internal PROM  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1: Shutdown due to over temperature  
2
INTCOMMERR  
EXTCOMMERR  
FAERR  
1: Parity check of internal communication failed  
1: PEC error in external communication (SPI/isoSPI) occurred  
1: Fast mode error, see Safety Manual for more information  
1: Error during hardware BIST.  
3
4
5
HWBIST  
6
CRCCFG  
1: Internal RAM gain coefficient CRC Error  
1: User accessible register CRC Error  
7
CRCMEM  
Threshold and Overflow Alert Registers  
Threshold and overflow alert registers are set when the respective threshold values are exceeded or when registers  
overflow. Thresholds are set in the Threshold Registers section.  
The accumulated quantities are continuously checked against guard values to warn that a register is nearing overflow,  
nominally set to 90% of each register’s maximum value. When any quantity crosses its guard threshold, the LTC2949  
sets the corresponding overflow bit in the status register, generates an alert (if enabled) and continues accumulation.  
At the maximum voltage inputs, rollover typically happens several hours after an overflow alert is signaled, allowing  
the host time to take action to avoid data loss, by reading and clearing the concerned accumulators using the memory  
locking procedure. The overflow thresholds for 32-bit quantities (time) are 3865470565 LSB; for 48-bit quantities  
(charge and energy) is 126663739519794 LSB.  
The threshold and overflow comparators for accumulated quantities charge, energy and time use a floating point  
format internally. This can appear to cause slight bit-level comparison discrepancies, but the comparisons between  
accumulatedresultregistersandtheirrespectivethresholdregisterswillalwayshaveanaccuracyofbetterthan0.001%.  
An alert condition needs to be present for at least for 200ms to be reported by the alert registers (0x81-0x87). Only  
overcurrent conditions detected by either OCC1 or OCC2 can be signaled to the host within some µs by stopping heart  
beat on GPIO5.  
To acknowledge and release an overcurrent alert the following steps can be performed:  
1. Stop the overcurrent event  
2. Lock the memory  
3. Read STATUS-STATVCC, (EXT)FAULTS for any newly arrived error flags (including the asserted OCCx bits)  
4. Clear STATUS-STATVCC, (EXT)FAULTS  
5. Unlock the memory  
6. Heartbeat on GPIO5 will start again  
Rev A  
52  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
Table 35. Voltage, Temperature Threshold Alerts STATVT (0x81)  
BIT  
0
SYMBOL  
BATH  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
1: Voltage (VBATP – VBATM) high threshold exceeded  
1: Voltage (VBATP – VBATM) low threshold exceeded  
1: Temperature high threshold exceeded  
1: Temperature low threshold exceeded  
1: SLOT1 high threshold exceeded  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
BATL  
2
TEMPH  
TEMPL  
SLOT1H  
SLOT1L  
SLOT2H  
SLOT2L  
3
4
5
1: SLOT1 low threshold exceeded  
6
1: SLOT2 high threshold exceeded  
7
1: SLOT2 low threshold exceeded  
Table 36. Current, Power Threshold Alerts STATIP (0x82)  
BIT  
0
SYMBOL  
I1H  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1: Current1 high threshold exceeded  
1: Current1 low threshold exceeded  
1: Power1 high threshold exceeded  
1: Power1 low threshold exceeded  
1: Current2 high threshold exceeded  
1: Current2 low threshold exceeded  
1: Power2 high threshold exceeded  
1: Power2 low threshold exceeded  
1
I1L  
2
P1H  
P1L  
I2H  
3
4
5
I2L  
6
P2H  
P2L  
7
Table 37. Charge Threshold Alerts STATC (0x83)  
BIT  
0
SYMBOL  
C1H  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
OPERATION  
OPERATION  
0
0
0
0
0
0
1: Charge1 high threshold exceeded  
1: Charge1 low threshold exceeded  
1: Charge2 high threshold exceeded  
1: Charge2 low threshold exceeded  
1: Charge3 high threshold exceeded  
1: Charge3 low threshold exceeded  
1
C1L  
2
C2H  
3
C2L  
4
C3H  
5
C3L  
Table 38. Energy Threshold Alerts STATE (0x84)  
BIT  
0
SYMBOL  
E1H  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
0
0
0
0
0
0
1: Energy1 high threshold exceeded  
1: Energy1 low threshold exceeded  
1: Energy2 high threshold exceeded  
1: Energy2 low threshold exceeded  
1: Energy4 high threshold exceeded  
1: Energy4 low threshold exceeded  
1
E1L  
2
E2H  
3
E2L  
6
E4H  
7
E4L  
Table 39. Charge, Energy Overflow Alerts STATCEOF (0x85)  
BIT  
0
SYMBOL  
C1OVF  
C2OVF  
C3OVF  
E1OVF  
E2OVF  
E4OVF  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
0
0
0
0
0
0
1: Charge1 overflow alert  
1: Charge2 overflow alert  
1: Charge3 overflow alert  
1: Energy1 overflow alert  
1: Energy2 overflow alert  
1: Energy4 overflow alert  
1
2
4
5
7
Rev A  
53  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
Table 40. Time Base Alerts STATTB (0x86)  
BIT  
0
SYMBOL  
T1TH  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1: Time1 threshold exceeded  
1: Time2 threshold exceeded  
1: Time3 threshold exceeded  
1: Time4 threshold exceeded  
1: Time1 overflow  
1
T2TH  
2
T3TH  
3
T4TH  
4
T1OVF  
T2OVF  
T3OVF  
T4OVF  
5
1: Time2 overflow  
6
1: Time3 overflow  
7
1: Time4 overflow  
Table 41. VCCOCC Threshold Alerts STATVCC (0x87)  
BIT  
0
SYMBOL  
VCCH  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
0
0
0
0
1: VCC high threshold exceeded  
1: VCC low threshold exceeded  
1
VCCL  
2
OCC1H  
OCC2H  
1: Current1 above OCC1 threshold for more than deglitch time  
1: Current2 above OCC2 threshold for more than deglitch time  
3
Note: The memory must be locked to clear status (0x80), faults (0xDC-0xDD) and alert (0x81-0x87) registers to avoid missing of any failure and alert  
reports. See REGSCTRL description for details.  
Mask Registers  
The mask registers control which alerts stop heartbeat. If a mask register bit is reset to 0, exceeding of the respective  
threshold causes the heartbeat on GPIO4 pin to stop, if the latter is configured accordingly in the GPIO4HBCTRL register.  
When a bit of the Status Mask Register (STATUSM) is set to 0, the corresponding bits of register STATUS (0x80) will stop  
heartbeat. When a bit of the status mask register is set to 1, heartbeat is unaffected by the corresponding bits of register  
STATUS (0x80).  
Table 42. Status Mask STATUSM (0x88)  
BIT  
0
SYMBOL  
UVLOAM  
UVLODM  
UPDATEM  
ADCERRM  
TBCERRM  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
1
1
1
1
1
Mask UVLOA of STATUS(0x80)  
Mask UVLOD of STATUS(0x80)  
Mask UPDATE of STATUS(0x80)  
Mask ADCERR of STATUS(0x80)  
Mask TBCERR of STATUS(0x80)  
3
4
5
6
When bits of STATVTM are set to 0, corresponding bits of register STATVT (0x81) will stop heartbeat. When a bit of  
STATVTM is set to 1, heartbeat is unaffected by the corresponding bits of register STATVT (0x81).  
Table 43. Voltage, Temperature Threshold Alert Mask STATVTM (0x89)  
BIT  
0
SYMBOL  
BATHM  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Mask BATH of STATVT(0x81)  
Mask BATL of STATVT(0x81)  
Mask TEMPH of STATVT(0x81)  
Mask TEMPL of STATVT(0x81)  
Mask SLOT1H of STATVT(0x81)  
Mask SLOT1L of STATVT(0x81)  
Mask SLOT2H of STATVT(0x81)  
Mask SLOT2L of STATVT(0x81)  
1
BATLM  
2
TEMPHM  
TEMPLM  
SLOT1HM  
SLOT1LM  
SLOT2HM  
SLOT2LM  
3
4
5
6
7
Rev A  
54  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
When bits from STATIPM are set to 0, bits from register STATIP(0x82) will stop heartbeat. When a bit of STATIPM  
register is set to 1, heartbeat is unaffected by the corresponding bits of register STATIP(0x82).  
Table 44. Current, Power Threshold Alert Mask STATIPM (0x8A)  
BIT  
0
SYMBOL  
I1HM  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Mask I1H of STATIP (0x82)  
Mask I1L of STATIP (0x82)  
Mask P1H of STATIP (0x82)  
Mask P1L of STATIP (0x82)  
Mask I2H of STATIP (0x82)  
Mask I2L of STATIP (0x82)  
Mask P2H of STATIP (0x82)  
Mask P2L of STATIP (0x82)  
1
I1LM  
2
P1HM  
P1LM  
I2HM  
3
4
5
I2LM  
6
P2HM  
P2LM  
7
When bits from STATCM are set to 0, bits from register STATC(0x83) will stop heartbeat. When a bit of STATCM register  
is set to 1, heartbeat is unaffected by the corresponding bits of register STATC(0x83).  
Table 45. Charge Threshold Alerts Mask STATCM (0x8B)  
BIT  
0
SYMBOL  
C1HM  
C1LM  
C2HM  
C2LM  
C3HM  
C3LM  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
1
1
1
1
1
1
Mask C1H of STATC (0x83)  
Mask C1L of STATC (0x83)  
Mask C2H of STATC (0x83)  
Mask C2L of STATC (0x83)  
Mask C3H of STATC (0x83)  
Mask C3L of STATC (0x83)  
1
2
3
4
5
When bits from STATEM are set to 0, bits from register STATE(0x84) will stop heartbeat. When a bit of STATEM register  
is set to 1, heartbeat is unaffected by the corresponding bits of register STATE(0x84).  
Table 46. Energy Threshold Alerts Mask STATEM (0x8C)  
BIT  
0
SYMBOL  
E1HM  
E1LM  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
1
1
1
1
1
1
Mask E1H of STATE (0x84)  
Mask E1L of STATE (0x84)  
Mask E2H of STATE (0x84)  
Mask E2L of STATE (0x84)  
Mask E4H of STATE (0x84)  
Mask E4L of STATE (0x84)  
1
2
E2HM  
E2LM  
3
6
E4HM  
E4LM  
7
When bits from STATCEOFM are set to 0, bits from register STATCEOF(0x85) will stop heartbeat. When a bit of STAT-  
CEOFM register is set to 1, heartbeat is unaffected by the corresponding bits of register STATCEOF(0x85).  
Table 47. Charge, Energy Overflow Alerts Mask STATCEOFM (0x8D)  
BIT  
0
SYMBOL  
C1OFM  
C2OFM  
C3OFM  
E1OFM  
E2OFM  
E4OFM  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
1
1
1
1
1
1
Mask C1OVF of STATCEOF(0x85)  
Mask C2OVF of STATCEOF(0x85)  
Mask C3OVF of STATCEOF(0x85)  
Mask E1OVF of STATCEOF(0x85)  
Mask E2OVF of STATCEOF(0x85)  
Mask E4OVF of STATCEOF(0x85)  
1
2
4
5
7
Rev A  
55  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
When bits from STATTBM are set to 0, bits from register STATTB (0x86) will stop heartbeat. When a bit of STATTBM  
register is set to 1, heartbeat is unaffected by the corresponding bits of register STATTB (0x86).  
Table 48. Time Base Alerts STATTBM (0x8E)  
BIT  
0
SYMBOL  
T1THM  
T2THM  
T3THM  
T4THM  
T1OFM  
T2OFM  
T3OFM  
T4OFM  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Mask T1TH of STATTB(0x86)  
Mask T2TH of STATTB(0x86)  
Mask T3TH of STATTB(0x86)  
Mask T4TH of STATTB(0x86)  
Mask T1OVF of STATTB(0x86)  
Mask T2OVF of STATTB(0x86)  
Mask T3OVF of STATTB(0x86)  
Mask T4OVF of STATTB(0x86)  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
When bits from STATVCCM are set to 0, bits from register STATVCC (0x87) will stop heartbeat. When a bit of STATVCCM  
register is set to 1, heartbeat is unaffected by the corresponding bits of register STATVCC (0x87).  
Table 49. VCC Threshold Alerts STATVCCM (0x8F)  
BIT  
0
SYMBOL  
VCCH  
TYPE  
RW  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
1
1
Mask VCCH of STATVCC (0x87)  
Mask VCCL of STATVCC (0x87)  
1
VCCL  
RW  
Note that the bits reporting the result of the overcurrent comparators OCC1 and OCC2 in STATVCC (0x87) do not have a  
corresponding mask bit in STATVCCM. Therefore the impact of OCC1 and OCC2 on heartbeat either on GPIO4 or GPIO5  
cannot be masked. If overcurrent comparison is not desired the enable bit in OCCxCTRL has to be cleared (default).  
Control Registers  
The control registers select the multiplexer input, control the accumulation of charge, energy and time, configure the  
GPIO pins, set the overcurrent comparator thresholds, and setup the timebase if an external clock is used.  
The Overcurrent Control Registers allow to set the overcurrent comparator thresholds and deglitch filters, see also the  
Overcurrent Comparators section.  
Table 50. OCC1CTRL (0xDE)  
BIT  
0
SYMBOL  
OCC1EN  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
OCC1 enable bit. GPIO5 is configured as heartbeat  
0
[3:1]  
[5:4]  
[7:6]  
OCC1DAC [2:0]  
OCC1DGLT [1:0]  
OCC1POL [1:0]  
000  
00  
OCC1 threshold setting bits, see Table 6 (OCC Thresholds)  
OCC1 deglitch time setting bits, see Table 7 (OCC Deglitch Time)  
OCC1 polarity setting bits, see Table 5 (OCC Polarity Configuration)  
00  
Table 51. OCC2CTRL (0xDF)  
BIT  
0
SYMBOL  
OCC2EN  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
OCC2 enable bit. GPIO5 is configured as heartbeat  
0
[3:1]  
[5:4]  
[7:6]  
OCC2DAC [2:0]  
OCC2DGLT [1:0]  
OCC2POL [1:0]  
000  
00  
OCC2 threshold setting bits, see Table 6 (OCC Thresholds)  
OCC2 deglitch time setting bits, see Table 7 (OCC Deglitch Time)  
OCC2 polarity setting bits, see Table 5 (OCC Polarity Configuration)  
00  
Rev A  
56  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
The Accumulator Control and Deadband Registers allow to control the accumulation of Charge1, Energy1, Charge2,  
Energy2, Charge3 and Energy4 (C1, E1, C2, E2, C3, E4). Accumulation can be enabled, disabled or conditionally enabled  
based on the sign and absolute value of a measured current. C1 contains accumulated I1, C2 contains accumulated I2,  
E1 contains accumulated P1 and E2 contains accumulated P2. C3 contains the accumulated sum of I1 and I2 weighted  
by the gain setting parameters (see Gain Configuration Registers section) and E4 the accumulated weighted sum of  
P1 and P2.  
For example, by setting bit 0 of the ACCCTRL1 and bit 1 of ACCCTRL2, C1 contains the accumulation of positive cur-  
rents I1 and C3 contains the accumulation of negative currents.  
Table 52. Accumulator Control ACCCTRL1(0xE1)  
BIT  
SYMBOL  
TYPE  
RW  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
[1:0]  
[3:2]  
ACC1I1[1:0]  
ACC2I2[1:0]  
00  
00  
Accumulation control of Charge1/Charge2 and Energy1/Energy2.  
00: Accumulation takes place always,  
01: Only if the current is positive,  
RW  
10: Only if the current is negative,  
11: No accumulation takes place.  
Table 53. Accumulator Control ACCCTRL2(0xE2)  
BIT  
SYMBOL  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
[1:0]  
[3:2]  
[5:4]  
[7:6]  
ACC3I1[1:0]  
ACC3I2[1:0]  
ACC4I1[1:0]  
ACC4I2[1:0]  
00  
00  
00  
00  
Accumulation control of Charge3 and Energy4.  
00: Accumulation takes place always,  
01: Only if the current is positive,  
10: Only if the current is negative,  
11: No accumulation takes place.  
Small offset voltages in the current measurement path lead to large charge errors after a long integration time. The  
accumulator dead band registers allow to set a minimum absolute value of I1 and I2 before being accumulated.  
Table 54. Accumulation Dead Band ACCIDB1(0xE4)  
BIT  
SYMBOL  
TYPE  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
[7:0]  
ACCIDB1  
RW  
0x0  
Current 1 deadband for accumulation. If the absolute value of I1 is higher than or equal this  
value, I1 and P1 are accumulated and C1, E1, C3, E4 are updated. A comparison to the respective  
thresholds takes place right after an update. If the absolute value of I1 is lower, I1 and P1 are not  
accumulated and C1 and E1 are not updated. Unit is the same as LSB of current I1(0x90).  
Table 55. Accumulation Dead Band ACCIDB2(0xE5)  
BIT  
SYMBOL  
TYPE  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
[7:0]  
ACCIDB2  
RW  
0x0  
Current 2 deadband for accumulation .If the absolute value of I2 is higher than or equal this  
value, I2 and P2 are accumulated and C2, E2, C3, E4 are updated. A comparison to the respective  
thresholds takes place right after an update. If the absolute value of I2 is lower, I2 and P2 are not  
accumulated and C2 and E2 are not updated. Unit is the same as LSB of current I2(0x96).  
Rev A  
57  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
The Time Base Control Register selects between the internal and an external reference clock, and sets the time base  
parameters when an external reference clock is used. Set PRE[2:0] = 111b or 7d (default) to enable the internal refer-  
ence clock. To use an external reference clock, set the values of PRE[2:0] and DIV[4:0] according to the external clock  
frequency; see the Timebase Control section for more information.  
Table 56. Timebase Control TBCTRL (0xE9), DEFAULT VALUE: 0x07  
BIT  
SYMBOL  
TYPE  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
[2:0]  
PRE [2:0]  
RW  
111  
Prescaler value [2:0],  
binary coded,  
see Table 2. Parameter PRE with External Clock  
[7:3]  
DIV [4:0]  
RW  
00000  
Divider value [4:0],  
binary coded,  
see Table 3  
The multiplexer inputs are selected by the Multiplexer Control Registers. For each of the multiplexer outputs MUXP  
and MUXN, a 5-bit word selects the connected input.  
Table 57. MUX Settings  
MUXP/MUXN Setting  
Selected Input  
Binary [4:0]  
11XXX  
10111  
10110  
10101  
10100  
10011  
10010  
10001  
10000  
01111  
01110  
01101  
01100  
01011  
01010  
01001  
01000  
00111  
00110  
00101  
00100  
00011  
00010  
00001  
00000  
Dec  
31-24  
23  
22  
21  
20  
19  
18  
17  
16  
15  
14  
13  
12  
11  
10  
9
Reserved  
VREF2 via 250k, see Safety Manual for more information  
VREF2  
Reserved  
CF1P  
CF1M  
CF2P  
CF2M  
VBATP  
VBATM  
IPT, see Safety Manual for more information  
IMT, see Safety Manual for more information  
V12  
V11  
V10  
V9  
8
V8  
7
V7  
6
V6  
5
V5  
4
V4  
3
V3  
2
V2  
1
V1  
0
AGND  
Rev A  
58  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
In slow, high precision mode the auxiliary channel (CHAUX) converts in Round Robin mode two differential inputs  
signals. For each of the two slots, the inputs multiplexed to MUXP and MUXN can be chosen by programming the  
corresponding 5-bit setting in the following four registers.  
In fast mode, the auxiliary channel (CHAUX) converts only one differential input signal, which can be chosen by choos-  
ing the corresponding 5-bit setting in the Fast MUXP and MUXN Control registers.  
During fast continuous measurements it is not possible to change the AUX MUX configuration. See note in chapter  
'Fast Measurement Timings'.  
Table 58. Multiplexer Control Registers in Slow Mode  
ADDR  
0xEB  
0xEC  
0xED  
0xEE  
BIT  
SYMBOL  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
00000  
00000  
00000  
00000  
OPERATION  
[4:0]  
[4:0]  
[4:0]  
[4:0]  
SLOT1MUXN [4:0]  
SLOT1MUXP [4:0]  
SLOT2MUXN [4:0]  
SLOT2MUXP [4:0]  
Slot1 MUXN [4:0] setting, binary coded, see Table 57  
Slot1 MUXP [4:0] setting, binary coded, see Table 57  
Slot2 MUXN [4:0] setting, binary coded, see Table 57  
Slot2 MUXP [4:0] setting, binary coded, see Table 57  
Table 59. Multiplexer Control Registers for Fast Mode  
ADDR  
0xF3  
0xF4  
BIT  
SYMBOL  
TYPE  
RW  
DEFAULT  
00000  
OPERATION  
[4:0]  
[4:0]  
FAMUXN [4:0]  
FAMUXP [4:0]  
Fast Mode MUXN [4:0] setting, binary coded, see Table 57  
Fast Mode MUXP[4:0] setting, binary coded, see Table 57  
RW  
00000  
The Fast Control Register allows to configure and trigger fast conversions.  
There is a timing constraint when writing to FGPIOCTRL and FACTRL, see description for FGPIOCTRL.  
Table 60. Fast Control Register FACTRL (0xF5)  
BIT  
SYMBOL  
TYPE  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
0
FACONV  
RW  
0
Continuous fast conversion enable (1) / disable (0).  
Conversion results are written to a FIFO if at least one of  
bits FACHA, FACH1, FACH2 is set.  
1
2
3
FACHA  
FACH1  
FACH2  
RW  
RW  
RW  
0
0
0
Channel AUX fast mode configuration bit. Fast conversion  
starts within some us after rising edge of FACONV or  
when issuing the ADCV command.  
Channel 1 fast mode configuration bit. Fast conversion  
starts within some us after rising edge of FACONV or  
when issuing the ADCV command.  
Channel 2 fast mode configuration bit. Fast conversion  
starts within some us after rising edge of FACONV or  
when issuing the ADCV command.  
Rev A  
59  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
The GPIO control registers allow to configure the GPIO pins to be either tristate, low, high or toggling at 400kHz by  
setting the corresponding GPIO CTRL bits in 0xF1 and 0xF2.  
GPIO4 and GPIO5 can be used as heartbeat pins toggling with a frequency of 400kHz and become static low upon an  
alert. While GPIO5 is activated by enabling any of the overcurrent comparators and is dedicated to alerts issued by  
these comparators, GPIO4 can be configured by the GPIO4 heartbeat control register (0xE8) to respond on any alert  
not masked by the mask registers. The setting in the GPIO4 heartbeat control register overrules the GPIO4CTRL setting  
in 0xF2. Similarly GPIO5CTRL setting in 0xF1 is overruled by enabling the overcurrent comparators.  
Table 61. GPIO4 Heartbeat Control GPIO4HBCTRL (0xE8)  
BIT  
SYMBOL  
TYPE  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
0
GPIO4HBEN  
RW  
0
GPIO4 heartbeat master enable control  
0: GPIO4 is not configured as heart beat.  
1: GPIO4 is configured as heart beat and unmasked alerts  
(see mask registers) stop heart beat of GPIO4  
Table 62. Current Source and GPIO5 Control FCURGPIOCTRL (0xF1)  
BIT  
SYMBOL  
TYPE  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
[1:0]  
GPIO5CTRL [1:0]  
RW  
00  
GPIO5 CTRL:  
[00]=Tristate  
[01]=LOW(DGND),  
[10]=Toggle at 400kHz  
[11] =HIGH(DVCC)  
4
5
6
7
MUXPCURPOL  
MUXPCUREN  
MUXNCURPOL  
MUXNCUREN  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
0
0
0
0
0: MUXP sinks 250µA of current  
1: MUXP sources 250µA of current  
0: MUXP current source off  
1: MUXP current source on  
0: MUXN sinks 250µA of current  
1: MUXN sources 250µA of current  
0: MUXN current source off  
1: MUXN current source on  
The 250μA current sources at MUXP and MUXN allow open wire detection at all multiplexer inputs. If enabled, the  
current sources connect to the inputs during the time the ADC is connected and performs the conversion, no matter  
if it is the fast or slow channel. Typically, open wire detection is performed using the fast channel by first writing cur-  
rent source, GPIO and MUX control (4-byte write to 0xF1-0xF4), triggering the fast conversion by sending the ADCV,  
reading the results with RDCV and finally by writing again 4 bytes to 0xF1-0xF4 to set the next MUX input and current  
source configuration. This way, the time when current sources are enabled on a dedicated pin, is precisely timed. See  
the safety manual for more information.  
Enabled current source on MUXP will alter the internal measurement of VREF (~4V/~0.7V when MUXPCURPOL = 1 /  
0) and this change won't be visible on the external VREF pin. If enabled, also the NTC temperature measurement and  
the compensation of a shunt resistor's temperature drift will be altered, as they depend on the internal VREF measure-  
ment. The correct VREF voltage can always be measured via an external connection to one Vx pin, see also section  
Unused Input Pins V1-V12.  
Rev A  
60  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
Table 63. GPIO Control FGPIOCTRL (0xF2)  
BIT  
SYMBOL  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
[1:0]  
[3:2]  
[5:4]  
[7:6]  
GPIO1CTRL [1:0]  
GPIO2CTRL [1:0]  
GPIO3CTRL [1:0]  
GPIO4CTRL [1:0]  
00  
00  
00  
00  
GPIO1-4 CTRL:  
[00]=Tristate  
[01]=LOW(DGND),  
[10]=Toggle at 400kHz  
[11] =HIGH(DVCC)  
If set to tristate, the GPIO pins can be used as analog inputs (V8-V12) to the auxiliary channel by choosing the  
corresponding multiplexer settings according to Table 57.  
Write to register FCURGPIOCTRL does not take effect immediately. Instead any changes will only become active once  
FGPIOCTRL is written. Thus it is recommended to always write both registers in a single burst.  
Additionally there is a timing constraint when writing to FGPIOCTRL and FACTRL. Writing to those registers must  
always be delayed by a minimum of 1ms. Thus, its not allowed to write FGPIOCTRL and FACTRL in a single burst.  
Usually this can be easily achieved by partitioning code sections properly that control those registers.  
Table 64. RDCV Indirect Address (0xFC)  
BIT  
SYMBOL  
TYPE  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
[7:0]  
RDCVIADDR  
RW  
0
Address pointer for indirect memory access via RDCV  
command, see section Indirectly Addressed RDCV  
Command  
The following register is provided for software debug purposes only. It allows synchronization of the host controller  
to the CORE system tick. DBGCNT is reset by the CORE after the last register of memory page 0 was updated. This  
happens typically 23ms after the end of a slow mode current/power conversion (EOC of I1, I2, P1, P2).  
Table 65. DBGCNT (0xD5)  
SYMBOL  
SI/UI  
OPERATION  
DBGCNT  
UI  
Debug counter, counts milliseconds, resets once per core cycle. In MEASURE mode it typically  
counts 0 to 100; in STANDBY mode it typically counts 0 to 17.  
Rev A  
61  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
REGISTER MAP PAGE1  
PAGE1 of the LTC2949 register map contains threshold and configuration registers. The threshold registers allow to set  
threshold values for each measured quantity. The configuration registers allow to store application and board specific  
parameters and settings, which usually do not need to be modified during operation.  
Software Reset  
The LTC2949 has a software reset feature, described in following table.  
Table 66. RSTUNLCK (p1.0xA9)  
SYMBOL  
OPERATION  
RSTUNLCK  
Writing 0x55 to this register will unlock the RESET function within OPCTRL. After putting LTC2949 into SLEEP mode a  
writing command to OPCTR with the value 0x80 will issue the reset. Detailed steps to reset LTC2949 are:  
1. Write 0 to OPCTRL (0xF0)  
2. Write 0x55 to RSTUNLCK (0xA9 on page 1)  
3. Wait 130ms  
4. Go to SLEEP (set bit SLEEP in OPCTRL)  
5. Wait 20ms  
6. Write 0x80 to OPCTRL (0xF0)  
Threshold Registers  
The threshold registers set threshold values for each measured quantity. When a measured value exceeds its threshold,  
an alert is triggered and the corresponding bits in the threshold and overflow alert registers (0x81 to 0x87) are set.  
When GPIO4 heartbeat is enabled in register GPIO4HBCTRL (0xE8), unmasked alerts in registers (0x88 to 0x8F) stop  
heartbeat on GPIO4. Value scaling is done in the same manner as in the corresponding result register values, using  
LSB values from Table 26, Table 27 and Table 28. Non-Accumulated Results Register Parameters.  
Table 67. Threshold Registers  
ADDRESS  
p1.0x00  
p1.0x06  
p1.0x0C  
p1.0x10  
p1.0x16  
p1.0x20  
p1.0x26  
p1.0x2C  
p1.0x30  
p1.0x36  
p1.0x44  
p1.0x4C  
p1.0x54  
NAME  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
0x7FFF FFFF FFFF  
0x8000 0000 0000  
0xFFFF FFFF  
0x7FFF FFFF FFFF  
0x8000 0000 0000  
0x7FFF FFFF FFFF  
0x8000 0000 0000  
0xFFFF FFFF  
0x7FFF FFFF FFFF  
0x8000 0000 0000  
0x7FFF FFFF FFFF FFFF  
0xFFFF FFFF  
PARAMETER  
C1TH[47:0]  
C1TL[47:0]  
TB1TH[31:0]  
E1TH[47:0]  
E1TL[47:0]  
C2TH[47:0]  
C2TL[47:0]  
TB2TH[31:0]  
E2TH[47:0]  
E2TL[47:0]  
C3TH[63:0]  
TB3TH[31:0]  
C3TL[63:0]  
Charge1 threshold high  
Charge1 threshold low  
Timebase1 threshold high  
Energy1 threshold high  
Energy1 threshold low  
Charge2 threshold high  
Charge2 threshold high  
Timebase2 threshold high  
Energy2 threshold high  
Energy2 threshold low  
Charge3 threshold high  
Timebase3 threshold high  
Charge3 threshold low  
0x8000 0000 0000 0000  
Rev A  
62  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
Table 67. Threshold Registers (continued)  
ADDRESS  
p1.0x64  
p1.0x6C  
p1.0x74  
p1.0x80  
p1.0x82  
p1.0x84  
p1.0x86  
p1.0x88  
p1.0x8A  
p1.0x8C  
p1.0x8E  
p1.0x90  
p1.0x92  
p1.0x94  
p1.0x96  
p1.0x98  
p1.0x9A  
p1.0xA0  
p1.0xA2  
p1.0xA4  
p1.0xA6  
NAME  
E4TH[63:0]  
TB4TH[31:0]  
E4TL[63:0]  
I1TH[15:0]  
I1TL[15:0]  
P1TH[15:0]  
P1TL[15:0]  
I2TH[15:0]  
I2TL[15:0]  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
0x7FFF FFFF FFFF FFFF  
0xFFFF FFFF  
0x8000 0000 0000 0000  
0x7FFF  
PARAMETER  
Energy4 threshold high  
Timebase4 threshold high  
Energy4 threshold low  
Current1 threshold high  
Current1 threshold low  
Power1 threshold high  
Power1 threshold low  
Current2 threshold high  
Current2 threshold low  
Power2 threshold high  
Power2 threshold low  
BAT threshold high  
0x8000  
0x7FFF  
0x8000  
0x7FFF  
0x8000  
0x7FFF  
0x8000  
0x7FFF  
0x8000  
0x7FFF  
0x8000  
0x7FFF  
0x8000  
0x7FFF  
0x8000  
0x7FFF  
P2TH[15:0]  
P2TL[15:0]  
BATTH[15:0]  
BATTL[15:0]  
TEMPTH[15:0]  
TEMPTL[15:0]  
VCCTH[15:0]  
VCCTL[15:0]  
SLOT1TH[15:0]  
SLOT1TL[15:0]  
SLOT2TH[15:0]  
SLOT2TL[15:0]  
BAT threshold low  
Die temperature threshold high  
Die temperature threshold low  
VCC threshold high  
VCC threshold low  
Slot1 threshold high  
Slot1 threshold low  
Slot2 threshold high  
0x8000  
Slot2 threshold low  
FLOAT24 Format  
The NTC configuration parameters and the gain correction factors described in the following paragraphs are stored as  
floating point numbers represented by the FLOAT24 format according to IEEE 754 standard. The LTC2949 implemen-  
tation uses 1-bit for sign, a 7-bit exponent in two’s complement format with 63 as bias and 16-bits for the mantissa,  
with an implicit leading bit of value 1 unless the exponent is stored with all zeros. As an example the value of 0.95 is  
represented by the 3 bytes number 0x3EE666 as shown below:  
Table 68. FLOAT24 Example  
3E  
E6  
66  
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
Sign  
1 x  
Exponent  
2^(62-63)  
Mantissa MSB  
Mantissa LSB  
x
(1+0.899994)  
= 0.5 • 1.899994 = 0.94999  
The GUI controlling the LTC2949 demo board supports converting numbers to FLOAT24. The code section of the  
LTC2949 (https://www.analog.com/en/products/ltc2949.html#product-tools) also provides conversion functions  
++  
written in C/C for this purpose.  
LTC2949.cpp contains following conversion functions:  
void LTC2949_FloatToF24Bytes(float f32, byte* bytes)  
void LTC2949_F24BytesToFloat(byte* bytes, float* f32)  
Rev A  
63  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
Configuration Registers  
The following registers allow to configure LTC2949 application specific. Please note that LTC2949 must be in STANDBY  
and an update of these registers must be requested by setting the ADJUPD bit in the Operation Control Register (OPC-  
TRL) to make changes effective.  
ADC Configuration Register  
The ADC Configuration Register allows to disable power multiplication on P1ADC and P2ADC, and to turn on NTC  
linearization of Slot1/2 measurements.  
Table 69. ADC Configuration ADCCONF (p1.0xDF)  
BIT  
SYMBOL  
TYPE  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
0
P1ASV  
RW  
0
0: P1ADC configured to power mode  
1: P1ADC configured to voltage mode  
1
3
P2ASV  
NTC1  
RW  
RW  
0
0
0: P2ADC configured to power mode  
1: P2ADC configured to voltage mode  
0: SLOT1 voltage measurement.  
SLOT1 output LSB = 375µV  
1: SLOT1 NTC temperature measurement.  
SLOT1 output LSB = 0.2˚C  
4
6
NTC2  
RW  
RW  
0
0
0: SLOT2 voltage measurement.  
SLOT2 output LSB = 375µV  
1: SLOT2 NTC temperature measurement.  
SLOT2 output LSB = 0.2˚C  
NTCSLOT1  
0: TC compensation of shunt for I1 (I2) is linked to temperature measurement via SLOT1 (SLOT2).  
1: TC compensation of shunt for I1 and I2 is linked to temperature measurement via SLOT1 only.  
See NTC Configuration Registers and section Temperature Measurement for more information regarding NTC tem-  
perature measurement.  
See Table 28 and Table 31 for effect of P1ASV/P2ASV on LSB sizes or Power-ADC related measurements/settings.  
Table 70. Allowed Combinations of FACTRL and ADCVCONF (PxASV) Configurations.  
FACONV  
0 or 1  
0 or 1  
0 or 1  
0 or 1  
0 or 1  
0 or 1  
FACH1  
FACH2  
P1ASV  
0 or 1  
1
P2ASV  
0 or 1  
1
FAST BAT (b)  
SLOW P1  
Not Supported!  
SLOW P2  
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0 or 1  
0 or 1  
N/A  
N/A  
P2  
N/A  
N/A  
P2  
P1  
P1  
N/A  
P2  
P1  
18-Bit Power or Voltage  
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
18-Bit Power  
18-Bit Power  
18-Bit Voltage  
11-Bit Power (c)  
11-Bit Power (c)  
11-Bit Voltage (c)  
11-Bit Voltage (c)  
18-Bit Power (a)  
18-Bit Power (a)  
18-Bit Voltage (a)  
N/A  
N/A  
N/A  
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
11-Bit Voltage (c)  
11-Bit Power (c)  
18-Bit Voltage (a)  
18-Bit Power (a)  
P1  
18-Bit Voltage (a)  
a) Any fast single shot measurement will interrupt the slow channel measurements. Slow channel will only resume to be updated if there was no fast  
single shot measurement for at least 160ms.  
b) 15-bit Fast BAT (VBATP-VBATM) voltage measurement via one power ADC. It is always possible to measure VBATP-VBATM via AUX ADC in fast  
(FACHA=1) or slow mode.  
c) Power ADCs (PxASV=0) of channels configured to fast mode will provide 11-bit conversions at an update rate of 100ms via P1/P2 registers. The LSB  
size stays the same, but the resolution in this case is only guaranteed to be 11-bit.  
Rev A  
64  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
NTC Configuration Registers  
When bits NTC1 and NTC2 in the ADC Configuration Register are set, LTC2949 reports the result of the corresponding  
CHAUX slot in temperature by comparing NTC resistance to reference resistors and solving Steinhart-Hart equations.  
The NTC Configuration Registers allow to set values of Steinhart-Hart coefficients (A,B,C) and reference resistors.  
Furthermore, linear temperature coefficients of up to two external sense resistors can be compensated by thermally  
closely coupled NTC thermistors. Temperature compensation is enabled by writing the respective temperature coef-  
ficient and its reference temperature (T ) in the NTC Configuration Register. See section Temperature Measurement  
0
and Sense Resistor Temperature Compensation for more details.  
Table 71. NTC Configuration Registers  
ADDRESS  
p1.0xAA  
p1.0xAD  
p1.0xD0  
p1.0xD3  
p1.0xD6  
p1.0xD9  
p1.0xDC  
p1.0xE0  
p1.0xE3  
p1.0xE6  
p1.0xE9  
p1.0xEC  
p1.0x5C  
p1.0x7C  
NAME  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
0x000000  
0x000000  
0x000000  
0x000000  
0x000000  
0x000000  
0x0000  
PARAMETER  
NTC1 reference resistor  
UNIT  
Ω
FORMAT  
Float24  
Float24  
Float24  
Float24  
Float24  
Float24  
Float24  
Float24  
Float24  
Float24  
Float24  
Float24  
Float24  
Float24  
RREF1[23:0]  
RREF2[23:0]  
NTC1A[23:0]  
NTC1B[23:0]  
NTC1C[23:0]  
RS1TC[23:0]  
RS1T0[16:0]  
NTC2A[23:0]  
NTC2B[23:0]  
NTC2C[23:0]  
RS2TC[23:0]  
RS2T0[16:0]  
RS1TC2[23:0]  
RS2TC2[23:0]  
NTC2 reference resistor  
Ω
NTC1 Coefficient A  
NTC1 Coefficient B  
NTC1 Coefficient C  
Sense resistor 1 (RS1) temperature coefficient (TC)  
Reference temperature for TC compensation of RS1  
NTC2 Coefficient A  
1/K  
°C  
0x000000  
0x000000  
0x000000  
0x000000  
0x0000  
NTC2 Coefficient B  
NTC2 Coefficient C  
Sense resistor 2 (RS2) temperature coefficient (TC)  
Reference temperature for TC compensation of RS2  
2nd order TC of sense resistor 1  
2nd order TC of sense resistor 2  
1/K  
°C  
2
0x000000  
0x000000  
1/K  
2
1/K  
Note that for the two 16-bit registers storing reference temperature RS1T0 and RS2T0 the least significant byte (LSB) of the mantissa is implicitly 0  
Gain Configuration Registers  
The LTC2949 can store gain correction factors for two current sense resistor, the battery voltage divider and four mul-  
tiplexer inputs to compensate tolerances of external components in its Gain Setting Registers located between 0xB0  
and 0xCF on measured page 1 of the register map. When these factors are set different than their default value of 1.0,  
the LTC2949 corrects the computed values of current, voltage, power, charge and energy accordingly. As the LTC2949  
accumulators can be configured to compute the sums of charge and energy flown through two sense resistors, also  
the nominal ratio between the two sense resistors RSRATIO = R /R can be stored. The LTC2949 then multiplies the  
S1 S2  
measurements of CH2 (I2, P2) by RSRATIO before adding them to the sum of charge (C3) or energy (E4). All these  
factors are stored in the Float24 format according to IEEE 754 standard described earlier.  
Table 72. Gain Configuration Registers  
ADDRESS  
p1.0xB0  
p1.0xB3  
p1.0xB6  
p1.0xB9  
p1.0xC0  
p1.0xC3  
p1.0xC6  
p1.0xC9  
NAME  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
0x3F00 00  
0x3F00 00  
0x3F00 00  
0x3F00 00  
0x3F00 00  
0x3F00 00  
0x3F00 00  
0x3F00 00  
PARAMETER  
Sense resistor 1(R ) gain correction factor  
FORMAT  
Float24  
Float24  
Float24  
Float24  
Float24  
Float24  
Float24  
Float24  
RS1GC[23:0]  
RS2GC[23:0]  
RSRATIO[23:0]  
BATGC[23:0]  
MUX1GC[23:0]  
MUX2GC[23:0]  
MUX3GC[23:0]  
MUX4GC[23:0]  
S1  
Sense resistor 2(R ) gain correction factor  
S2  
Nominal ratio of R to R  
S1  
S2  
BAT gain correction factor  
Gain correction factor for MUX setting 1  
Gain correction factor for MUX setting 2  
Gain correction factor for MUX setting 3  
Gain correction factor for MUX setting 4  
Rev A  
65  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
Table 72. Gain Configuration Registers (continued)  
ADDRESS  
p1.0xBC  
p1.0xBD  
p1.0xBE  
p1.0xBF  
p1.0xCC  
p1.0xCD  
p1.0xCE  
p1.0xCF  
NAME  
TYPE  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
DEFAULT  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
0x00  
PARAMETER  
MUXN gain correction setting 1  
MUXP gain correction setting 1  
MUXN gain correction setting 2  
MUXP gain correction setting 2  
MUXN gain correction setting 3  
MUXP gain correction setting 3  
MUXN gain correction setting 4  
MUXP gain correction setting 4  
FORMAT  
MUXNSET1[4:0]  
MUXPSET1[4:0]  
MUXNSET2[4:0]  
MUXPSET2[4:0]  
MUXNSET3[4:0]  
MUXPSET3[4:0]  
MUXNSET4[4:0]  
MUXPSET4[4:0]  
MUXN binary coded, see Table 57  
MUXP binary coded, see Table 57  
MUXN binary coded, see Table 57  
MUXP binary coded, see Table 57  
MUXN binary coded, see Table 57  
MUXP binary coded, see Table 57  
MUXN binary coded, see Table 57  
MUXP binary coded, see Table 57  
As an example, if a sense resistor of nominal 100µΩ is used for CH1, but a board calibration reveals the sense resistor  
value to be 102µΩ, a factor of 100/102 = 0.9804 should be written to RS1GC [23:0] = float24(0.9804) = 0x3EF5F5.  
Assuming a sense resistor of nominal value 10mΩ but real value of 9.8mΩ is used for CH2 the factor 1.024 should be  
programmed in RS2GC [23:0] = float24(1.024) = 0x3F0624 and a factor 0.01 should be programmed in RSRATIO[23:0]  
= float24(0.01) = 0x3847AE.  
In many applications the LTC2949 measures high voltages using external resistor dividers which suffer from gain  
errors due to resistor tolerances. The LTC2949 allows to store gain correction factors for the measurement of battery  
voltage and four programmable MUX settings. E.g.: The LTC2949 will apply gain correction of 0.9 to differential mea-  
surements between V1 and V2 if registers MUX1GC[23:0] = 0x3ECCCC, MUXPSET1[7:0] = 0x01 and MUXNSET1[7:0]  
= 0x02, see also Table 57.  
The assignment between MUX[1-4]GC and MUX[P,N ]SET[1-4] is independent of the polarity of the MUX settings.  
Related to the example above the same gain correction is applied for measurements V1-V2 and V2-V1. Also swap-  
ping the register values of MUXPSET1 and MUXNSET1 leads to the same behaviour. The link between gain correction  
parameters and measurements is summarized in Table 73.  
All Gain Configuration Registers can be copied to an external EEPROM, enabling a modular approach to factory cali-  
bration of application boards.  
Table 73. Relation Between Gain Correction Parameters and Measurements  
NAME  
AFFECTED MEASUREMENTS  
BATGC  
BAT for slow and fast measurements  
P1, P2, E1, E2, E4  
SLOT[1,2] AUX measurements if SLOT[1,2]MUX[P, N ] is set to VBATP, VBATM of any polarity  
Fast AUX conversions if FAMUX[P, N ] is set to VBATP, VBATM of any polarity  
Slow and fast AUX measurements if SLOT[1,2]MUX[P, N ] or FAMUX[P, N ] matches MUX[P, N ]SET[1-4] of any polarity  
I1, I2, P1, P2, C1, C2, C3, E1, E2, E4  
MUX[1-4]GC  
RS[1,2]GC  
RSRATIO  
C3, E4 (Note: The charge that is accumulated to C3 is (I1 + RSRATIO • I2) • dT, the energy that is accumulated to E4 is  
(P1 + RSRATIO • P2) • dT.)  
Rev A  
66  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
External EEPROM Control Register  
To prevent data loss when the LTC2949 is not powered, it can store its entire register content in an external EEPROM  
2
via its dedicated I C interface. The communication to an EEPROM is controlled by the EEPROM Control Register  
(EEPROMCTRL).  
Table 74. EEPROM Control Register EEPROMCTRL (p1.0x50)  
BIT  
0
SYMBOL  
INIT  
TYPE  
SO  
DEFAULT  
OPERATION  
Write signature to EEPROM  
DURATION  
40ms  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
CHECK  
SO  
Check the signature in EEPROM  
Save MEM (but special row) to EEPROM  
Restore EEPROM to MEM (but special row)  
Result of INIT  
25ms  
2
SAVE  
SO  
1100ms  
1250ms  
3
RESTORE  
INITRSL  
CHECKRSL  
SAVERSL  
RESTORERSL  
SO  
4
RW  
RW  
RW  
RW  
5
Result of CHECK  
6
Result of SAVE  
7
Result of RESTORE  
The lower 4-bits of the EEPROMCTRL are SET ONLY and trigger dedicated communications with the EEPROM, while  
the higher 4-bits are read/write and are set by the LTC2949 after the typical time given in the column Duration upon  
a successful termination of a communication and must be reset by a write command from the host before the next  
communication is requested.  
Before any other interaction, the EEPROM must be initialized by setting the INIT bit, which causes LTC2949 to write a  
defined signature to the EEPROM. Once the signature is written, LTC2949 will reset the INIT bit and set the INITRSL  
2
bit if the EEPROM has acknowledged according to the I C protocol. Any other interaction with the EEPROM will be  
preceded by reading and checking this signature – additionally the signature can be checked by setting bit CHECK and  
verifying that bit CHECKRSL is set after bit CHECK was reset by LTC2949.  
Setting bit SAVE causes the LTC2949 to save its entire memory except the last common row of both register pages  
to the EEPROM together with a CRC calculated from the entire register content. LTC2949 signals a successful save  
operation by setting bit SAVERSL, based on the check of the signature and the acknowledge of the EEPROM.  
Setting bit RESTORE causes the LTC2949 to copy the content of the EEPROM to its internal RAM, calculate the CRC  
and set bit RESTORERSL if the CRC was found correct.  
Any communication with the external EEPROM requires the LTC2949 to be in STANDBY mode to prevent data loss or  
data corruption.  
Many applications require to store additional custom data, e.g. serial number. The reserved registers p1.0x1C - p1.0x1F  
(4 bytes) and p1.0x3C - p1.0x3F (4 bytes) can be used for that purpose. Additionally, registers of LTC2949 that do not  
require a board specific initialization and thus are initialized by the host controller, can be used to store custom data.  
For example, all accumulators are either just initialized with zero or via some state-of-charge algorithm. All threshold  
values are typically hard coded or initialized by some higher instance in the system. Mux setting registers are adjusted  
programmatically. Min/maxtrackingregisterscanbeinitializedbythehostcontroller. TheregistermapshowninFigure18  
gives an overview of those registers. Using all of them allows to increase the number of custom data bytes to 240 bytes.  
To access this data the host commands an EEPROM RESTORE, reads all registers with custom data and initializes the  
registers afterwards to their desired value.  
Rev A  
67  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REGISTER DESCRIPTION  
ꢄꢅꢂꢆ  
ꢓꢔꢍꢀ  
ꢂꢃ  
ꢂꢃ  
ꢏꢄꢋꢉꢐꢋꢑAꢀꢄꢂ  
ꢒꢉꢙ  
ꢉꢄꢊꢋꢊ  
ꢒꢉꢇ  
ꢒꢕA  
ꢖꢗꢕ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢌꢌꢍRꢎꢏ  
ꢒꢕA  
ꢄꢊꢋꢊ ꢘꢄꢀ  
Figure 21. EEPROM Connection. Recommended 4k Bit Automotive Qualified EEPROM with Internal EEC:  
M24C04-A125 from STMicroelectronics or without Internal EEC: AT24C04C or 24AA04 from Microchip.  
APPLICATION INFORMATION  
TEMPERATURE MEASUREMENT  
The following table shows the relevant registers from the  
NTC configuration register for the application shown in  
Figure 22.  
TheLTC2949shighimpedanceinputsV1-V12canbeused  
to measure temperature by means of thermistors and a  
reference resistor as shown below.  
As VREF is measured with the same ADC as V1-V12,  
imperfections of VREF and gain error of the ADC do not  
impact the temperature measurement accuracy.  
WhenbitsNTC1orNTC2intheADCConfigurationRegister  
are set, LTC2949 reports the result of the corresponding  
CHAUXslotinslowhighprecisionmodeintemperatureby  
comparing the resistance of a thermistor (NTC) R  
referenceresistorandsolvingtheSteinhart-Hartequation.  
to a  
NTC  
ꢍRꢇꢎ  
R
ꢊꢈꢑ  
Rꢇꢎ  
1
T
3
ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢄ  
= A+BInRNTC +C(InRNTC  
)
ꢍꢊ  
ꢆꢁꢂ  
ꢆꢁꢂꢀꢇꢃꢈꢉꢇꢉꢊꢈꢉꢋꢌꢈ  
The value of the reference resistor R and the Steinhart-  
REF  
Hart coefficients (A, B, C) need to be stored in the NTC  
Configuration Registers. Steinhart-Hart coefficients are  
commonly specified parameters provided by thermistor  
manufacturers or can be deduced from provided resis-  
tance tables.  
Aꢏꢆꢐ  
ꢃꢄꢅꢄ ꢎꢃꢃ  
Figure 22. Connecting Thermistors  
Table 75. NTC1 Values in NTC Configuration Register  
PARAMETER  
NTC1 reference resistor  
NTC1 Coefficient A  
NTC1 Coefficient B  
NTC1 Coefficient C  
VALUE  
10k  
UNIT  
ADDRESS  
p1.0xAA  
p1.0xD0  
p1.0xD3  
p1.0xD6  
NAME  
VALUE  
FORMAT  
Float24  
Float24  
Float24  
Float24  
Ω
RREF1[23:0]  
NTC1A[23:0]  
NTC1B[23:0]  
NTC1C[23:0]  
0x4C3880  
0x352A5F  
0x32E7F1  
0x279079  
1.1382e-3  
2.3267e-4  
0.93243e-7  
Rev A  
68  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
APPLICATION INFORMATION  
SENSE RESISTOR TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION  
The following linear equation system has to be solved to  
calculateA,B,Cusingthreevalues,R1(T1),R2(T2),R3(T3)  
from a R versus T (in K) resistor table:  
The LTC2949 can be configured to compensate the tem-  
perature dependency of the used current sense resistors  
upto2ndorderbasedontemperaturemeasurementswith  
external NTCs. The compensation is enabled by writing  
thetemperaturecoefficients(TC,TC2)ofthesenseresistor  
1  
T1  
1 lnR1 ln3 R1  
⎞ ⎛  
⎟ ⎜  
⎟ ⎜  
⎛ ⎞  
A
⎜ ⎟  
1  
T2 = 1 lnR2 ln3 R2  
B
⎜ ⎟  
1⎟ ⎜  
⎜ ⎟  
and the reference temperature (T ) in the NTC configura-  
3
0
C
⎟ ⎜  
⎝ ⎠  
T3  
1 lnR3 ln R3  
⎠ ⎝  
tion register. The LTC2949 will then compensate for the  
temperature induced deviation of the sense resistor from  
After solving the linear equation system, A, B, C can be  
expressed as:  
its nominal value R according to:  
0
2
RSENSE =R •[1+TC (TT )+TC2TT0 ]  
(
)
O
O
l1=lnR1  
l2 =lnR2  
l3 =lnR3  
The temperature coefficient and reference temperature  
can be set for each sense resistor individually in the NTC  
configuration register. Table 76 shows the programmed  
coefficientsforacoppersenseresistorwithatemperature  
coefficient of 3900ppm/K whose nominal value R was  
measured at 20°C.  
T21T11  
m2 =  
l2 l1  
0
T31T11  
m3 =  
If temperature compensation is enabled for one or both  
channels, thesense resistor connected to CH1 is compen-  
sated with the temperature of NTC1 measured during the  
first slot of CHAUX, while the sense resistor connected to  
CH2 is compensated with the temperature of NTC2 mea-  
sured during the second slot of CHAUX. The multiplexer  
settings must be set such that the input pin connected  
to the corresponding NTC is selected during the respec-  
tive slot. If CHAUX is changed to fast mode, the last NTC  
temperature measurements taken in Round Robin mode  
are used for temperature compensation.  
l3 l1  
m3 m2  
l3 l2  
l3 +l2 +l1  
C=  
B=m2 C(l12 +l1l2 +l22 )  
A =T11(B+l12C)l1  
Rev A  
69  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
APPLICATION INFORMATION  
For single shunt scenarios the temperature measured by  
one NTC with SLOT1 can be used to compensate both  
channels. See ADCCONF, bit NTCSLOT1.  
setting I to 0.5mA is a good compromise between power  
B
consumption and noise immunity. Using this I setting  
B
with a 1:1 transformer and R = 100Ω, R should be  
M
B1  
set to 2.8k and R set to 1.2k. In a typical CAT5 twisted  
B2  
isoSPI Setup  
pair these settings will allow for communication up to  
50m. For applications that require cables longer than  
The LTC2949 allows the isoSPI link in each application  
to be optimized for power consumption or for noise  
immunity. The power and noise immunity of an isoSPI  
50m it is recommended to increase the I to 1mA. This  
B
compensates for the increased insertion loss in the cable  
and maintains high noise immunity. So when using cables  
over 50m and, again, using a transformer with a 1:1 turns  
system is determined by the programmed I current.  
B
The I current can range from 100μA to 1mA. A low I  
B
B
ratio and R = 100Ω, R would be 1.4k and R would  
M
B1  
B2  
reduces the isoSPI power consumption in the READY and  
ACTIVE states, while a high I increases the amplitude  
be 600Ω. Other I settings can be used to reduce power  
B
B
consumption or increase the noise immunity as required  
of the differential signal voltage V across the matching  
A
by the application. In these cases when setting threshold  
termination resistor, R . I is programmed by the sum  
M
B
voltage V  
and choosing R and R resistor values  
B1 B2  
ICMP  
of the R and R resistors connected between the I  
B1  
B2  
BIAS  
the following rules should be used:  
pin and GND as shown in Figure 23. For most applications  
Table 76. Sense Resistor Temperature Coefficients  
PARAMETER  
VALUE  
0.0039  
20  
UNIT  
1/K  
°C  
ADDRESS  
p1.0xD9  
p1.0xDC  
NAME  
VALUE  
FORMAT  
Float24  
Sense resistor 1 (RS1) temperature coefficient (TC)  
Reference temperature for TC compensation of RS1  
RS1TC[23:0]  
RS1T0[16:0]  
0x36FF2E  
0x4340  
Float24, 2 bytes  
Note: For copper only the first order temperature coefficient is relevant and thus TC2=0.0 (default).  
Table 77. Procedure to Enable Temperature Compensation of Sense Resistor  
WHAT  
HOW AND WHERE  
CONT= 0 in OPCTRL  
ADDRESS  
0xF0  
Step 1  
Step 2  
Step 3  
Step 4  
Step 5  
Step 6  
Set LTC2949 to Standby Mode  
Write NTC and R  
DATA  
NTC configuration Registers  
NTCx = 1 in ADC Configuration Register  
Mux Setting Registers  
See Table 71.  
p1.0xDF  
0xEB-0xEE  
0xF0  
SENSE  
Set AUX Slot to Temperature Mode  
Select MUX input channel with connected NTC  
Update Configuration Registers  
ADJUP = 1 in OPCTRL  
Set LTC2949 to Continuous Mode  
CONT = 1 in OPCTRL  
0xF0  
ꢁꢄꢎꢋAꢌꢁꢎꢘ ꢃARRꢁꢕR  
ꢙꢀAꢚ ꢛꢄꢕ ꢎꢘꢕ ꢎR ꢌꢔꢎ ꢌRAꢘꢉꢎRꢀꢕRꢄꢜ  
ꢁꢄꢎꢀꢏ ꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢁꢂ  
ꢀAꢄꢌꢕR  
R
R
ꢅꢑꢒꢓꢓ  
ꢀꢎꢄꢁ ꢁꢀꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢄꢎ ꢁꢃꢁAꢄ  
ꢄꢅꢐ  
ꢅꢆꢇꢈꢇ  
ꢄꢏꢎ  
ꢄꢏꢁ  
ꢄꢅꢐ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢁꢀ  
ꢁꢃꢁAꢄ  
ꢌꢔꢁꢄꢌꢕꢏꢖꢂAꢁR ꢅAꢃꢋꢕ  
ꢔꢁꢌꢗ ꢅꢗARAꢅꢌꢕRꢁꢄꢌꢁꢅ ꢁꢀꢂꢕꢏAꢘꢅꢕ R  
R
R
R
R
ꢃꢍ  
ꢃꢆ  
ꢃꢍ  
ꢃꢆ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢁꢅꢀꢂ  
ꢁꢅꢀꢂ  
ꢆꢇꢈꢇ ꢉꢆꢊ  
Figure 23. isoSPI Circuit  
Rev A  
70  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
APPLICATION INFORMATION  
For cables under 50m:  
inductances above 60µH and a 1:1 turns ratio. It is also  
necessary to use a transformer with less than 2.5µH of  
leakage inductance. In terms of pulse shape the primary  
inductance will mostly effect the pulse droop of the 50ns  
and 150ns pulses. If the primary inductance is too low,  
the pulse amplitude will begin to droop and decay over  
the pulse period. When the pulse droop is severe enough,  
the effective pulse width seen by the receiver will drop  
substantially, reducing noise margin. Some droop is ac-  
ceptable as long as it is a relatively small percentage of  
thetotalpulseamplitude.Theleakageinductanceprimarily  
affects the rise and fall times of the pulses. Slower rise  
and fall times will effectively reduce the pulse width. Pulse  
width is determined by the receiver as the time the signal  
is above the threshold set at the ICMP pin. Slow rise and  
fall times cut into the timing margins. Generally it is best  
to keep pulse edges as fast as possible. When evaluating  
transformers, it is also worth noting the parallel winding  
capacitance. While transformers have very good CMRR at  
lowfrequency,thisrejectionwilldegradeathigherfrequen-  
cies, largely due to the winding to winding capacitance.  
When choosing a transformer, it is best to pick one with  
less parallel winding capacitance when possible.  
I = 0.5mA  
B
V = (20 • I ) • (R /2)  
A
B
M
V
TCMP  
V
ICMP  
= ½ • V  
A
= 2 • V  
TCMP  
R
B2  
R
B1  
= V  
/I  
ICMP B  
= (2/I ) – R  
B
B2  
For cables over 50m:  
I = 1mA  
B
V = (20 • I ) • (R /2)  
A
B
M
V
TCMP  
V
ICMP  
= 1/4 • V  
A
= 2 • V  
TCMP  
R
B2  
R
B1  
= V  
/I  
ICMP B  
= (2/I ) – R  
B
B2  
The maximum data rate of an isoSPI link is determined by  
the length of the cable used. For cables 10 meters or less  
the maximum 1MHz SPI clock frequency is possible. As  
the length of the cable increases the maximum possible  
SPI clock rate decreases. This is a result of the increased  
propagation delays through the cable creating possible  
timingviolations.Figure24showshowthemaximumdata  
rate is reduced as the cable length increases when using a  
CAT 5 twisted pair. Cable delay affects three timing speci-  
fications, t , t and t . In the Electrical Characteristics  
ꢌꢑꢒ  
ꢀAꢆꢚꢛ Aꢊꢊꢜꢉꢃꢍ  
ꢌꢑꢓ  
ꢓꢑꢔ  
ꢓꢑꢖ  
ꢓꢑꢕ  
ꢓꢑꢒ  
CLK  
6
7
table, each is derated by 100ns to allow for 50ns of cable  
delay. For longer cables, the minimum timing parameters  
may be calculated as shown below:  
t , t6 and t7 > 0.9μs + 2 • t  
CLK CABLE  
ꢌꢓ  
ꢌꢓꢓ  
ꢀAꢁꢂꢃ ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ ꢈꢉꢃꢆꢃRꢊꢋ  
Transformer Selection Guide  
ꢒꢗꢕꢗ ꢘꢒꢙ  
As shown in Figure 23, a transformer or pair of transform-  
ers isolates the isoSPI signals between two isoSPI ports.  
The isoSPI signals have programmable pulse amplitudes  
Figure 24. Data Rate vs Cable Length  
up to 1.6V and pulse widths of 50ns and 150ns. To be  
P-P  
able to transmit these pulses with the necessary fidelity  
the system requires that the transformers have primary  
Rev A  
71  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
APPLICATION INFORMATION  
When choosing a transformer, it is equally important to  
pick a part that has an adequate isolation rating for the  
application. The working voltage rating of a transformer  
is a key spec when selecting a part for an application. In-  
terconnecting daisy-chain links, devices see <60V stress  
in typical applications and ordinary pulse and LAN type  
transformers will suffice. Multi-drop connections and  
connections to the LTC6820, in general, may need much  
higherworkingvoltageratingsforgoodlong-termreliabil-  
ity. Usually, matching the working voltage to the voltage  
of the entire battery stack is conservative. Unfortunately,  
transformervendorswilloftenonlyspecifyone-secondHV  
testing, and this is not equal to the long-term (permanent)  
rating of the part. For example, according to most safety  
standards a 1.5kV rated transformer is expected to handle  
230V continuously, and a 3kV device is capable of 1100V  
long-term, though manufacturers may not always certify  
to those levels (refer to actual vendor data for specifics).  
Usually, the higher voltage transformers are called high  
isolation or reinforced insulation types by the suppliers.  
Table 78 shows a list of transformers that have been  
evaluated in isoSPI links.  
current rejection a common mode choke should also be  
placed in series with the IP and IM lines of the LTC2949.  
ThecommonmodechokewillbothincreaseEMIimmunity  
and reduce EMI emission. When choosing a common  
mode choke, the differential mode impedance should be  
20Ω or less for signals 50MHz and below. Common mode  
chokes similar to what is used in Ethernet applications are  
recommended.  
Layout of the isoSPI signal lines also plays a significant  
role in maximizing the immunity of a circuit. The following  
layout guidelines should be followed:  
1. The transformer should be placed as close to the isoSPI  
cable connector as possible. The distance should be  
kept less than 2cm. The LTC2949 should be placed at  
least 1cm to 2cm away from the transformer to help  
isolate the IC from magnetic field coupling.  
2. On the top component layer, no ground plane should  
be placed under the transformer, the isoSPI connec-  
tor, or in between the transformer and the connector.  
3. The isoSPI signal traces should be isolated from sur-  
roundingcircuitsandtracesbygroundmetalorspace.  
No traces should cross the isoSPI signal lines, unless  
separated by a ground plane on an inner layer.  
EMC  
For the best electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) perfor-  
mance, it is recommended to use one of the circuits in  
Figure 25 and Figure 26. The center tap of the transformer  
should be bypassed with a 10nF capacitor. The center tap  
capacitorwillhelpattenuatecommonmodesignals.Large  
center tap capacitors greater than 10nF should be avoided  
astheywillpreventtheisoSPItransmitterscommonmode  
voltage from settling. If a transformer without a center tap  
is used, the termination resistor should be split into two  
equal halves and connected in series across the IP and IM  
lines. The center of the two resistors should be bypassed  
with a capacitor as shown. To improve common mode  
The isoSPI drive currents are programmable and allow  
for a trade-off between power consumption and noise  
immunity. The noise immunity of the LTC2949 has been  
evaluated using a bulk current injection (BCI) test. The  
BCI test injects current into the twisted-pair lines at set  
levels over a frequency range of 1MHz to 400MHz. With  
the minimum I current, 100μA, the isoSPI serial link was  
B
capable of passing a 40mA BCI test with no bit errors. A  
40mABCItestlevelissufficientforindustrialapplications.  
Automotive applications have a much higher BCI require-  
mentsotheLTC2949I issetto1mA,themaximumpower  
B
level. The isoSPI system is capable of passing a 200mA  
BCI test with no transmitted bit errors. The 200mA test  
level is typical for automotive requirements.  
Rev A  
72  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
APPLICATION INFORMATION  
Table 78. Recommended Transformers  
W
AEC-  
Q200  
SUPPLIER  
PART NUMBER  
TEMP RANGE  
V
V
/60S CT CMC  
HIPOT  
H
L
(W/ LEADS) PINS  
WORKING  
Recommended Dual Transformers  
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
Pulse  
Pulse  
Pulse  
Pulse  
Sumida  
Sumida  
Wurth  
Wurth  
Wurth  
Halo  
HX1188FNL  
HX0068ANL  
–40°C to 85°C  
–40°C to 85°C  
–40°C to 105°C  
–40°C to 125°C  
60V (est)  
60V (est)  
1000V  
1.5kV  
1.5kV  
6.0mm 12.7mm  
2.1mm 12.7mm  
9.7mm  
9.7mm  
16SMT  
16SMT  
10SMT  
12SMT  
12SMT  
16SMT  
16SMT  
12SMT  
12SMT  
16SMT  
RMS  
RMS  
l
l
HM2100NL  
4.3kVDC  
4.3kVDC  
3.4mm 14.7mm 14.9mm  
4.9mm 14.8mm 14.7mm  
9mm 17.5mm 15.1mm  
l
l
l
l
l
l
l
HM2112ZNL  
1000V  
CLP178-C20114  
CLP0612-C20115  
7490140110  
–40°C to 125°C 1000V (est) 3.75kV  
RMS  
RMS  
600V  
250V  
3.75kV  
4kV  
5.7mm 12.7mm  
9.4mm  
RMS  
RMS  
l
–40°C to 85°C  
0°C to 70°C  
0°C to 70°C  
10.9mm 24.6mm 17.0mm  
8.4mm 17.1mm 15.2mm  
8.4mm 17.1mm 15.2mm  
RMS  
7490140111  
1000V (est) 4.5kV  
RMS  
RMS  
l
l
749014018  
250V  
4kV  
RMS  
l
TG110-AE050N5LF  
–40°C to 85/125°C 60V (est)  
1.5kV  
6.4mm 12.7mm  
9.5mm  
RMS  
Recommended Single Transformers  
Pulse  
Pulse  
Pulse  
Wurth  
Wurth  
Halo  
PE-68386NL  
HM2101NL  
–40°C to 130°C  
–40°C to 105°C  
–40°C to 125°C  
–40°C to 105°C  
–40°C to 125°C  
–40°C to 125°C  
–40°C to 125°C  
–40°C to 105°C  
–40°C to 105°C  
60V (est)  
1000V  
1600V  
250V  
1.5kVDC  
4.3kVDC  
4.3kVDC  
l
l
2.5mm 6.7mm  
5.7mm 7.6mm  
8.6mm  
9.3mm  
15.5mm  
9.1mm  
6SMT  
6SMT  
6SMT  
4SMT  
6SMT  
6SMT  
6SMT  
6TH  
l
l
l
HM2113ZNL  
3.5mm  
9mm  
750340848  
3kV  
3kV  
3kV  
3kV  
5kV  
2.2mm 4.4mm  
RMS  
RMS  
RMS  
RMS  
RMS  
l
l
l
l
l
750317011  
800V  
7.62mm 9.14mm 12.95mm  
TGR04-6506V6LF  
TGR04-A6506NA6NL  
TDR04-A550ALLF  
ALT4532V-201-T001  
300V  
10mm 9.5mm  
9.4mm 8.9mm  
6.4mm 8.9mm  
2.9mm 3.2mm  
12.1mm  
12.1mm  
16.6mm  
4.5mm  
l
l
l
Halo  
300V  
Halo  
1000V  
60V (est)  
600V  
TDK  
~1kV  
6SMT  
4SMT  
8SMT  
4SMT  
8SMT  
Sumida  
Sumida  
Sumida  
TDK  
CEEH96BNP-LTC6804/11 –40°C to 125°C  
2.5kV  
2.5kV  
7mm  
9.2mm  
12.0mm  
12.0mm  
9.1mm  
RMS  
RMS  
RMS  
l
CEP99NP-LTC6804  
ESMIT-4180/A  
–40°C to 125°C  
–40°C to 105°C  
–40°C to 125°C  
600V  
10mm 9.2mm  
3.5mm 5.2mm  
l
250V  
3kV  
RMS  
l
VGT10/9EE-204S2P4  
250V (est)  
2.8kV  
10.6mm 10.4mm 12.7mm  
RMS  
COMMON  
MODE  
CHOKE  
TRANSFORMER WITH  
COMMON MODE CHOKE  
IP  
LTC2949  
IM  
51Ω  
51Ω  
10nF  
IP  
LTC2949  
IM  
100Ω  
2949 F26  
Figure 26. Recommended isoSPI Circuit for Best EMC  
Performance when Using a Transformer without Center Tap  
10nF  
2949 F25  
Figure 25. Recommended isoSPI Circuit for EMC  
Table 79. Recommended Common Mode Chokes  
MANUFACTURER  
TDK  
PART NUMBER  
ACT45B-220-2P  
DLW43SH510XK2  
744232102  
Murata  
Wurth  
Rev A  
73  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
APPLICATION INFORMATION  
R
ꢎꢉ  
c. VREF can be used to bias resistive dividers to al-  
low measurement of voltages below GND. In those  
scenarios the differential voltage between Vx and  
VREF must be measured which is only possible if  
VREF is connected to one of V1-V12 pins.  
ꢉꢏꢏꢐ  
ꢉꢐ  
ꢏꢑꢉꢐ  
ꢏꢑꢉꢐ  
Aꢋꢌꢍ ꢂꢆꢉꢔ ꢈꢉꢔ  
2. Connect divided supply voltage AVCC/DVCC (e.g. 10k  
betweenGND/Vxand20kbetweenVxandAVCC/DVCC)  
to one of V1-V12  
ꢈꢉꢊ ꢂꢆꢉꢊ  
ꢕꢖAꢁꢊ  
ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢄ  
ꢖAꢁꢁ  
ꢉꢏꢓ  
ꢉꢔ  
ꢅꢑꢇꢒ  
a. Same as 1.a. Register VCC is not updated while  
performing fast AUX conversions.  
ꢕꢖAꢁꢔ  
3. Connect NTC to one of V1-V12  
ꢃꢄꢅꢄ ꢆꢃꢇ  
a. See section Temperature Measurement  
Figure 27. Input Filtering  
4. Connect pin VREF via an external 4k resistor to one of  
V1-V12  
CURRENT AND VOLTAGE INPUT FILTERING  
To ensure the full electrical performance of the ADCs for  
current, power and voltage, apply the input filtering cir-  
cuitry as depicted in Figure 27 to pins CFP, CFM, VBATP  
andVBATM.Thesecomponentsensureanoptimizedinput  
filteringfornoisereduction.Equaltimeconstantsatcurrent  
andvoltageinputsminimizeerrorsinpowermeasurement  
of transient signals due to different delays in both paths.  
a. Allows to diagnose the internal current sources.  
5. Connect pins BYP1 and BYP2 to separate unused pins  
of V1-V12.  
a. Allows to diagnose internal generated supply volt-  
ages additionally to built-in self-tests.  
High-Ohmic Resistive Dividers  
Unused Input Pins V1-V12  
Any high voltage to be measured by LTC2949 must be  
divided down and optionally biased via VREF to move it  
into the LTC2949’s supply voltage rails 100mV and into  
theADC’sdifferentialinputvoltagerange( 4.8V).Typically,  
several resistors are connected in series, to minimize the  
voltage drop and power dissipation of individual resistors  
(Figure 28). LTC2949 Operation State Diagram shows a  
typical schematic, as an example the signal is measured  
via V1 by the AUX ADC. The measurement is performed  
similarly via the BAT inputs (VBATP, VBATM) by the AUX  
or the Power ADCs (P1/P2 as voltage).  
InputpinsV1-V12canbeleftfloatingorconnectedtoGND  
if not used. Still, itis notrecommendedtoconnectV8-V12  
to GND as those pins can be driven high optionally when  
used as digital outputs.  
Depending on the application and the configuration of  
LTC2949, it might be beneficial or sometimes even nec-  
essary to apply following external connections to inputs,  
which were unused.  
1. Connect pin VREF to one of V1-V12  
a. SeelastparagraphofsectionFastModeConfigura-  
tionsforeffectoffastAUXmeasurementoninternal  
slow AUX Round-Robin. Register VREF is not  
updated while performing fast AUX conversions.  
AllvoltageinputsofLTC2949arebuffered. Thedifferential  
input impedance during measurements is guaranteed to  
be>50Meg. Fortypicalresistivedividers, likethoseshown  
in the typical application, the effect of this equivalent  
>50Meg resistor is negligible. The error can be calculated  
as following:  
b. The internal VREF measurement is altered while the  
current sources (see register FCURGPIOCTRL) are  
enabled. Connecting VREF to one Vx pin always mea-  
surement of the correct VREF pin voltage at any time.  
Nominal gain factor: g = R /(R +R  
)
low  
low high  
Rev A  
74  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
APPLICATION INFORMATION  
Effective low side resistor: R  
= R • R /  
optional external EEPROM can be used as a nonvolatile  
storage for those calibration factors.  
lowd  
low  
d
(R +R ), R = 50e5  
low  
d
d
Effective gain factor: g = R  
/(R +R )  
lowd high  
LTC2949’s gain correction registers are not limited to  
values around 1.0, for example it is possible to write a  
value of 10.0 and this factor would be applied just as any  
other. Still, there is a limitation by the size of the result  
registerswhichis16-bit(includingsign)foranyAUX-ADC  
measurementlikeBAT,SLOT1/2andthefastAUXmeasure-  
ment results. This leads to an absolute maximum register  
d
lowd  
3
Example values: R =30 , R =5 • 1.3e6  
low  
high  
Gain factor error: err = g /g–1 = –0.06%  
d
The differential input impedance during measurements  
is nonlinear, it increases with decreasing input signal and  
it may also change over temperature. For this reason, it  
can be calibrated only partially during a post-production  
board test procedure. Still, its guaranteed to be >50Meg  
over the full-scale input range and the whole operating  
temperature range and thus the error calculated above  
gives the worst-case error.  
15  
valueofroughly12.3V(375µV[2 -1]).Toavoidclipping  
or overflowing of the results, it is always recommended  
to use gain correction factors that correct the deviation  
fromnominalfactors(e.g.deviationfromnominalresistor  
dividerratio)likeintheexampleabove. Thehostcontroller  
software then holds the hard-coded nominal factor (e.g.  
6.53Meg/30k)andLTC2949isapplyingthefine-trimbased  
on the values that were stored into the external EEPROM  
during board calibration.  
The high voltage is calculated from the ADC measurement  
the following way:  
Divider connected to GND: V  
= V /g  
ADC  
HVa  
Divider connected to VREF: V  
= V /g+VREF  
ADC  
HVb  
POWERING THE LTC2949  
As any resistive divider is affected by static tolerances, it  
can be calibrated by applying a known input signal and  
calculating greal from the ADC measurement. LTC2949  
can compensate for this error by writing the gain correc-  
tion factor GC=gnominal/greal to one of the related gain  
correction registers (BATGC, MUX1GC-MUX4GC). The  
The LTC2949 requires a single supply voltage of 4.5 to  
14V. The maximum supply current is 20mA when active  
and 120µA when sleeping. If isoSPI is selected up to 7mA  
are required additionally during communication. Any cur-  
rent that is necessary to drive circuits connected to the  
GPIO pins must also be considered when selecting and  
designing a suitable power supply.  
R
ꢁꢂꢁ  
ꢂ ꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ  
ꢃ ꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢀ  
R
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢂ  
R
R
ꢀꢁꢂꢀ  
ꢃ ꢄꢅRꢀ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
R
R
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢀ  
Aꢀꢁꢂꢃꢃ  
ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢄ  
R ꢁ ꢂꢃꢄ  
ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃꢃꢄ  
ꢀꢁ ꢂꢃꢄꢅ  
R
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
R
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢄ  
ꢁ ꢂꢃꢄ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
R
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢁꢂ  
ꢀRꢁꢂ  
R
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
R
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
Aꢀꢁꢂꢃꢁ  
Aꢀꢁꢂꢃꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁ ꢃꢀꢄ  
Figure 28. Left: High-Ohmic Resistive Divider for Measuring 1000V Battery Voltage Via the AUX ADC Input V1.  
Right: Resistive Divider Connected to VREF Allows to Measure 1000V.  
Rev A  
75  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
APPLICATION INFORMATION  
Non-Isolated Supply  
PART  
POWER  
SWITCH  
NUMBER  
V
RANGE  
MAX. P  
2W  
PACKAGE  
SOT23-5  
SOT23-5  
SOT23-5  
SO-8E  
IN  
OUT  
LTC provides a broad spectrum of non-isolated power  
supply solutions including LDOs, switched mode power  
suppliesandμModuleregulators.AstheLTC2949ismainly  
targetinghighvoltagebatteryapplicationstheLT8315can  
be considered. Using the LT8315 it is possible to supply  
the LTC2949 directly out of a high voltage battery of up  
to 560V as shown in Figure 29.  
LT8300  
LT8303  
6V to 100V 0.26A/150V  
5.5V to 100V 0.45A/150V  
5W  
LT8301  
2.7V to 42V  
2.8V to 42V  
3V to 100V  
1.2A/65V  
3.6A/65V  
2A/150V  
6W  
LT8302  
18W  
24W  
LT8304/-1  
SO-8E  
Minimum load requirement of the flyback converters  
must be considered which is typically much higher than  
the sleep current of the LTC2949. To prevent the output  
voltage from rising above LTC2949’s operating ratings  
a 12V Zener diode (e.g. NXP: BZX384-B12,115) should  
be placed.  
Isolated supply  
MosthighvoltagebatteryapplicationswheretheLTC2949  
cannot be supplied directly out of the battery require an  
isolatedpowersupply.AsimpleDC/DCconverterisshown  
in Figure 30 using Linear Technology’s LT3999 DC/DC  
converter and a high isolation-rated transformer.  
Transformer specification and design is possibly the most  
critical part of successfully applying the above mentioned  
DC/DC converters. Data sheets of the suggested parts  
give detailed information about critical parameters like  
saturation current, inductance, isolation voltage rating  
and creepage distance.  
The LT830X family of flyback converters with a suitable  
transformer is also a possible choice.  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂ ꢃꢄ ꢅꢆꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ ꢃꢄꢅꢆRAꢇ ꢃꢈꢀꢉꢊꢋꢌꢍ  
ꢀꢁꢂ ꢀꢃꢄ ꢅꢆꢇꢈRAꢉ ꢅꢊꢊRꢋꢌꢍꢎꢏ  
ꢀꢁꢂ ꢃꢄꢅRꢆ ꢅꢆꢃꢃꢇRꢅꢄAꢈ ꢉꢃꢊꢋꢌꢍꢌꢎꢊꢏꢐꢑ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁAꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢀ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢂꢃꢄꢅ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ  
ꢀRAꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂRꢃꢄ  
ꢀꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀRꢁꢂꢃꢄꢄ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
330mΩ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁA ꢂꢃ ꢄꢅꢆꢁA  
ꢀꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁ ꢃꢀꢁ  
Figure 29. Nonisolated Supply Generation  
Rev A  
76  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
APPLICATION INFORMATION  
ꢁꢂ  
ꢞꢀ  
ꢖꢛꢁ  
ꢇꢅ  
ꢀꢅ  
ꢅꢆꢅ  
ꢘꢜ  
ꢢꢥꢑꢒ  
ꢏꢐꢀ  
ꢁꢂ  
ꢗꢎ  
ꢔꢝꢞꢜ ꢁꢖ ꢅꢟꢜ  
ꢅꢡA ꢁꢖ ꢔꢄꢄꢡA ꢢꢜ ꢣ ꢃꢝꢃꢜꢤ  
ꢗꢎ  
ꢊꢏ  
ꢁꢂ  
ꢅꢃꢋ  
ꢋꢏ  
ꢅꢡA ꢁꢖ ꢃꢄꢄꢡA ꢢꢜ ꢣ ꢘꢜꢤ  
ꢗꢎ  
ꢅꢄꢌꢈ  
ꢞꢀ  
ꢃꢀꢄꢅ  
ꢆꢎA  
ꢅꢡA ꢁꢖ ꢥꢘꢄꢡA ꢢꢜ ꢣ ꢅꢔꢜꢤ  
ꢗꢎ  
ꢅꢄꢌꢍ  
ꢘꢅꢝꢅꢧ  
ꢅꢄꢌꢍ  
ꢏꢐꢑꢒ  
ꢏꢐꢀ  
ꢐꢘꢝA  
ꢅꢃꢋ  
ꢗꢎ  
ꢒꢎꢚꢛꢜꢀꢖ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅ  
ꢆꢇꢂꢈ  
ꢥꢞꢌꢈ  
ꢅꢀꢄꢅꢉꢊꢈ  
ꢊꢋ  
ꢌꢍꢍꢍ  
ꢖꢛꢁ  
Rꢊꢈ  
ꢊꢔ  
R
ꢇꢅꢆ ꢎꢏꢐ ꢐꢑꢒꢓꢃꢄꢔꢄꢒꢍ  
ꢀꢅꢆ ꢕꢖꢗꢀꢕRAꢈꢁ ꢀꢐꢇꢘꢄꢃꢄꢙꢅꢄꢃꢑꢒꢉ  
ꢈꢉ  
Rꢋ  
ꢆꢎꢠ  
ꢓꢎꢇ  
ꢁꢄꢁꢗꢉꢆꢆ  
RꢠꢁAꢆ  
ꢔꢩꢥꢩ ꢈꢃꢅ  
ꢊꢏꢓ ꢊꢔꢕ ꢈꢖꢂꢋRAꢄ ꢆꢖꢗꢁꢘ ꢈꢗꢆꢙꢏꢚꢔꢐꢗ  
ꢋꢏꢕ ꢈꢅꢁꢄꢈRAꢒꢋ ꢛAꢜꢌꢝꢌ  
R
ꢏꢔꢘꢏꢣ  
ꢏꢗꢙꢤ  
ꢡꢂꢊ  
R
ꢠꢁAꢆ  
ꢢꢍꢘꢍꢣ  
ꢔꢍꢢꢍ ꢒꢌꢐ  
Figure 31. Isolated Supply Generation with Flyback Converter  
Figure 30. Isolated Supply Generation with Push-Pull  
Transformer  
R
ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢁꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂ ꢃꢄRRꢅꢆꢇ ꢈAꢇꢉ ꢊAꢃꢋ ꢉꢅAꢇꢅRꢋ ꢌꢃꢍꢌꢃ ꢎꢏꢐ ꢅꢇꢃꢑꢒ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
R
ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢁꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢀ ꢃꢄRRꢅꢆꢇ ꢈAꢇꢀ ꢉꢊꢋꢇꢋR ꢅꢇꢃꢌꢍ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢂ  
R
ꢀRꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
Aꢀꢁꢂꢂ  
Aꢀꢁꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢂ  
ꢂꢃꢄꢅ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ  
ꢀꢁAꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁAꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ  
ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢄ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
Aꢀꢁꢂꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢀꢃ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀAꢁꢁꢂRꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢁꢂꢀꢁꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇꢈꢉꢂꢊ  
ꢀꢁꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀRꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢀAꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢄAꢀ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄꢅꢆꢇ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁ  
ꢀꢁꢂ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢁ ꢃꢄꢀ  
Figure 32. Battery Monitoring with High Side Current Sensing Over Two Sense Resistors, Battery Voltage Measurement, Temperature  
Measurement and Pre-Charge Voltage Measurement Using Isolated Supply and Isolated NMOS Gate Drive as Well as PhotoMos Relay.  
Rev A  
77  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
PACKAGE DESCRIPTION  
LXE Package  
48-Lead Plastic Exposed Pad LQFP (7mm × 7mm)  
ꢅReꢪeꢫeꢬꢭe ꢙ ꢠꢥꢚ ꢮꢊꢓꢨꢊꢄꢨꢌꢖꢗꢑ Rev ꢎꢆ  
Exposed Pad Variation AA  
ꢖꢒꢊꢊ ꢎꢘꢙ  
ꢑꢒꢊꢊ ꢎꢘꢙ  
ꢃꢒꢌꢓ ꢊꢒꢗꢊ  
ꢃꢄ  
ꢋꢑ  
ꢋꢑ  
ꢃꢄ  
ꢘꢂꢂ ꢜꢝꢞꢂꢟ ꢋ  
ꢋꢔ  
ꢋꢔ  
ꢖꢒꢊꢊ ꢎꢘꢙ  
ꢑꢒꢊꢊ ꢎꢘꢙ  
ꢃꢒꢌꢓ ꢊꢒꢗꢊ  
A
A
ꢗꢓ  
ꢌꢗ  
ꢌꢗ  
ꢗꢓ  
ꢙꢊꢒꢋꢊ ꢐ ꢊꢒꢓꢊ  
ꢗꢃ  
ꢌꢋ  
ꢌꢋ  
ꢗꢃ  
ꢎꢝꢞꢞꢝꢕ ꢝꢈ ꢉAꢙꢢAꢚꢂꢩꢂꢁꢉꢝꢘꢂꢠ ꢉAꢠ ꢅꢘꢣAꢠꢂꢠ ARꢂAꢆ  
ꢌꢒꢔꢊ  
ꢌꢌꢏ ꢐ ꢌꢋꢏ  
ꢌꢒꢋꢓ ꢐ ꢌꢒꢃꢓ ꢕAꢁ  
Rꢊꢒꢊꢄ ꢐ ꢊꢒꢗꢊ  
ꢚAꢛꢚꢂ ꢉꢀAꢜꢂ  
ꢊꢒꢗꢓ  
ꢊꢏ ꢐ ꢑꢏ  
ꢀꢁꢂꢃꢄ ꢅAAꢆ ꢀꢇꢈꢉ ꢊꢋꢌꢄ Rꢂꢍ ꢎ  
ꢌꢌꢏ ꢐ ꢌꢋꢏ  
ꢌꢒꢊꢊ Rꢂꢈ  
ꢊꢒꢓꢊ  
ꢎꢘꢙ  
ꢊꢒꢊꢖ ꢐ ꢊꢒꢗꢊ  
ꢊꢒꢌꢑ ꢐ ꢊꢒꢗꢑ  
ꢘꢡꢠꢂ ꢍꢡꢂꢥ  
ꢊꢒꢊꢓ ꢐ ꢊꢒꢌꢓ  
ꢊꢒꢃꢓ ꢐ ꢊꢒꢑꢓ  
ꢘꢂꢙꢞꢡꢝꢜ A ꢐ A  
ꢜꢝꢞꢂꢟ  
ꢌꢒ ꢠꢡꢕꢂꢜꢘꢡꢝꢜꢘ ARꢂ ꢡꢜ ꢕꢡꢀꢀꢡꢕꢂꢞꢂRꢘ  
ꢗꢒ ꢠꢡꢕꢂꢜꢘꢡꢝꢜꢘ ꢝꢈ ꢉAꢙꢢAꢚꢂ ꢠꢝ ꢜꢝꢞ ꢡꢜꢙꢀꢛꢠꢂ ꢕꢝꢀꢠ ꢈꢀAꢘꢣꢒ ꢕꢝꢀꢠ ꢈꢀAꢘꢣ  
ꢘꢣAꢀꢀ ꢜꢝꢞ ꢂꢁꢙꢂꢂꢠ ꢊꢒꢗꢓꢤꢤ ꢅꢌꢊ ꢕꢡꢀꢘꢆ ꢎꢂꢞꢥꢂꢂꢜ ꢞꢣꢂ ꢀꢂAꢠꢘ Aꢜꢠ ꢝꢜ Aꢜꢦ  
ꢘꢡꢠꢂ ꢝꢈ ꢂꢁꢉꢝꢘꢂꢠ ꢉAꢠꢧ ꢕAꢁ ꢊꢒꢓꢊꢤꢤ ꢅꢗꢊ ꢕꢡꢀꢘꢆ Aꢞ ꢙꢝRꢜꢂR ꢝꢈ ꢂꢁꢉꢝꢘꢂꢠ  
ꢉAꢠꢧ ꢡꢈ ꢉRꢂꢘꢂꢜꢞ  
ꢋꢒ ꢉꢡꢜꢨꢌ ꢡꢜꢠꢂꢜꢞꢡꢈꢡꢂR ꢡꢘ A ꢕꢝꢀꢠꢂꢠ ꢡꢜꢠꢂꢜꢞAꢞꢡꢝꢜ  
ꢃꢒ ꢠRAꢥꢡꢜꢚ ꢡꢘ ꢜꢝꢞ ꢞꢝ ꢘꢙAꢀꢂ  
ꢑꢒꢌꢓ ꢐ ꢑꢒꢗꢓ  
ꢓꢒꢓꢊ Rꢂꢈ  
ꢃꢄ  
ꢋꢑ  
ꢋꢔ  
ꢊꢒꢓꢊ ꢎꢘꢙ  
ꢓꢒꢓꢊ Rꢂꢈ  
ꢑꢒꢌꢓ ꢐ ꢑꢒꢗꢓ  
ꢊꢒꢗꢊ ꢐ ꢊꢒꢋꢊ  
ꢃꢒꢌꢓ ꢊꢒꢊꢓ  
ꢃꢒꢌꢓ ꢊꢒꢊꢓ  
ꢌꢗ  
ꢌꢋ  
ꢗꢓ  
ꢉAꢙꢢAꢚꢂ ꢝꢛꢞꢀꢡꢜꢂ  
ꢗꢃ  
ꢙꢝꢕꢉꢝꢜꢂꢜꢞ  
ꢉꢡꢜ ꢯAꢌꢰ  
ꢌꢒꢋꢊ ꢕꢡꢜ  
ꢞRAꢦ ꢉꢡꢜ ꢌ  
ꢎꢂꢍꢂꢀ  
Rꢂꢙꢝꢕꢕꢂꢜꢠꢂꢠ ꢘꢝꢀꢠꢂR ꢉAꢠ ꢀAꢦꢝꢛꢞ  
AꢉꢉꢝꢀꢠꢂR ꢕAꢘꢢ ꢞꢝ ARꢂAꢘ ꢞꢣAꢞ ARꢂ ꢜꢝꢞ ꢘꢝꢀꢠꢂRꢂꢠ  
ꢉAꢙꢢAꢚꢂ ꢡꢜ ꢞRAꢦ ꢀꢝAꢠꢡꢜꢚ ꢝRꢡꢂꢜꢞAꢞꢡꢝꢜ  
Rev A  
78  
For more information www.analog.com  
LTC2949  
REVISION HISTORY  
REV  
DATE  
11/20 Changed GPOx to GPIOx.  
Moved Temperature Measurement into sub-section Application Information.  
Adapted Abs Max of SDO.  
Changed TYP value of V  
DESCRIPTION  
PAGE NUMBER  
A
Throughout  
2
3
in EC-table.  
4
BYP2  
Changed Input Leakage current for CFPx from 40nA to 60nA.  
4
Adapted I Average Supply Current in EC table and in text Modes of Operation.  
4,15  
5
CC  
Changed Input Leakage current for Voltage Measurement by Power ADC from 10nA to 60nA.  
Symbol names corrections in EC table.  
6
Changed Input Leakage current for Voltage Measurement by AUXILIARY ADC from 10nA to 60nA.  
EC-Table External Clock Frequency adapted MIN value.  
6
7
Adapted t  
MAX value.  
8
lDLE  
Adapted V Transmitter Pulse Amplitude MAX value.  
8
A
Corrected symbol A  
Corrected symbol V  
in V  
.
8
TCMP  
ICMP  
in A  
wrong.  
8
ICM  
TCMP  
Corrected Pin 6 missing in list of DNC-pins.  
Core states vs fast conversions: Update of Figure 1.  
Corrected wrong Figure 29.  
12  
15  
16  
20  
21  
41  
41  
48  
65, 66  
66  
74  
77, 80  
Corrected wrong minimum frequency of 200kHz.  
Corrected missing unit at first column of Table 3.  
ISORPT still in register map table: Removed.  
Register name typos: Corrected Register Map.  
ADC limit behavior: Added sentence after Table 28.  
Register name typos: Corrected Tables 71 and 72.  
Adapted Description of MUX[1-4]GC in Table 73.  
Corrected Wrong Figure 1.  
MOSFET polarities: Update of several transistor symbols.  
Rev A  
Information furnished by Analog Devices is believed to be accurate and reliable. However, no responsibility is assumed by Analog  
Devices for its use, nor for any infringements of patents or other rights of third parties that may result from its use. Specifications  
79  
subject to change without notice. No license is granted by implication or otherwise under any patent or patent rights of Analog Devices.  
LTC2949  
TYPICAL APPLICATION  
Battery Metering with Low-Side Current & Charge Sensing, Battery Voltage Measurement,  
Temperature Measurement, Contactor Supervision and Isolated Gate Drive of Pre-Charge FET.  
ꢃAꢄ  
ꢛꢞAꢖ ꢞR ꢜꢠARꢑꢗR  
RꢒRꢗꢜꢠ ꢊꢄꢃꢋꢌꢍꢎꢈꢏ  
ꢊꢄꢃꢋꢌꢍꢎꢈꢏ  
ꢅꢆ  
ꢇꢧ  
ꢅꢈꢉ  
ꢇꢈꢧ  
ꢅꢆ  
ꢊꢄꢃꢋꢌꢍꢎꢈꢏ  
ꢂꢎꢐꢑꢒꢈꢇ  
ꢂꢃAꢄꢒ  
ꢂꢋꢐꢑꢒꢈꢅ  
ꢃAꢄ  
ꢂꢇꢈꢐꢑꢒꢈꢓ  
ꢂꢅ  
ꢇꢈꢉ  
ꢊꢄꢃꢋꢌꢍꢎꢈꢏ  
ꢂꢃAꢄꢆ  
ꢝꢞꢂꢜꢜ  
ꢊꢜꢍꢐꢝꢒ  
ꢜꢅꢋꢕꢋ  
ꢂꢕꢙꢂꢚ  
ꢂꢇꢅꢐꢑꢒꢈꢔ  
ꢊꢒꢝꢐꢡꢢꢣꢊꢒꢝ  
ꢝꢌꢄꢗRꢘAꢜꢗ  
ꢜꢊꢃꢐꢝꢆ  
ꢇꢈꢉ  
ꢊꢖꢞꢐꢝꢃꢝAꢊ  
ꢊꢖꢝꢐꢂꢜꢆꢒ  
Aꢑꢌꢖ  
ꢃAꢄꢄꢗRꢟ  
ꢃAꢄ  
ꢖꢂꢜꢜ  
Aꢂꢜꢜ  
ꢌꢄꢜ  
ꢌꢄꢜꢛꢗꢅꢈꢓꢗ  
ꢇꢧ  
ꢇꢧ  
ꢜꢜ  
Aꢑꢌꢖ  
ꢖꢑꢌꢖ  
ꢃꢟꢒꢇ  
ꢂꢇ  
ꢇꢈꢉ  
ꢇꢧ  
ꢇꢧ  
ꢂRꢗꢘ  
ꢇꢈꢉ  
ꢃꢟꢒꢅ  
ꢜꢛꢍꢞ  
ꢓꢓꢨ  
ꢓꢓꢨ  
ꢂꢓ  
ꢂꢇꢇꢐꢑꢒꢈꢕ  
ꢕꢆꢠꢩ  
ꢊꢄꢃꢋꢌꢍꢎꢈꢏ  
ꢅꢆ  
ꢜꢛꢍꢝ  
ꢝꢅꢆ ꢜꢘꢅꢆ ꢜꢘꢅꢒ ꢝꢅꢒ  
ꢝꢇꢆ ꢜꢘꢇꢆ ꢜꢘꢇꢒ ꢝꢇꢒ  
ꢇꢧ  
ꢇꢧ  
R
ꢊꢗꢌꢊꢗ  
ꢃAꢄ  
ꢅꢋꢕꢋ ꢄAꢈꢅ  
ꢇꢈꢈꢧ  
ꢤꢂ ꢊꢥꢒꢒ Aꢑꢗ ꢆꢥꢊꢄ ꢃꢗ ꢜꢠꢞꢊꢗꢌ ꢄꢞ ꢗꢌꢊꢥRꢗ ꢆꢝꢌꢝꢆꢥꢆ ꢂ ꢞꢘ ꢥꢊꢗꢖ ꢆꢞꢊꢘꢗꢄꢊ ꢥꢌꢖꢗR Aꢛꢛ ꢜꢞꢌꢖꢝꢄꢝꢞꢌꢊꢦ  
ꢜꢜ ꢑꢊ  
RELATED PARTS  
PART NUMBER  
DESCRIPTION  
COMMENTS  
LTC6810-1/  
LTC6810-2  
4th Generation 6-Cell Battery Stack  
Monitor and Balancing IC  
Measures Cell Voltages for Up to 6 Series Battery Cells. The isoSPI Daisy-Chain  
Capability Allows Multiple Devices to Be Interconnected for Measuring Many Battery  
Cells Simultaneously. The isoSPI Bus Can Operate Up to 1MHz and Can Be Operated  
Bidirectionally for Fault Conditions, Such as a Broken Wire or Connector. Includes  
Internal Passive Cell Balancing Capability of Up to 150mA.  
LTC6811-1/  
LTC6811-2  
4th Generation 12-Cell Battery Stack  
Monitor and Balancing IC  
Measures Cell Voltages for Up to 12 Series Battery Cells. Daisy-Chain Capability Allows  
Multiple Devices to Be Connected to Measure Many Battery Cells Simultaneously Via the  
Built-In 1MHz, 2-Wire Isolated Communication (isoSPI). Includes Capability for Passive  
Cell Balancing.  
LTC6820  
isoSPI Isolated Communications Interface Provides an Isolated Interface for SPI Communication Up to 100 Meters, Using a Twisted  
Pair. Companion to the LTC6804, LTC6806, LTC6811, LTC6812 and LTC6813  
LTC6812-1  
4th Generation 15-Cell Battery Stack  
Monitor and Balancing IC  
Measures Cell Voltages for Up to 15 Series Battery Cells. The isoSPI Daisy-Chain  
Capability Allows Multiple Devices to Be Connected to Measuring Many Battery  
Cells Simultaneously. The isoSPI Bus Can Operate Up to 1MHz and Can Be Operated  
Bidirectionally for Fault Conditions, Such as a Broken Wire or Connector. Includes  
Internal Passive Cell Balancing Capability of Up to 200mA.  
LTC6813-1  
4th Generation 18-Cell Battery Stack  
Monitor and Balancing IC  
Measures Cell Voltages for Up to 18 Series Battery Cells. The isoSPI Daisy-Chain  
Capability Allows Multiple Devices to Be Interconnected for Measuring Many Battery  
Cells Simultaneously. The isoSPI Bus Can Operate Up to 1MHz and Can Be Operated  
Bidirectionally for Fault Conditions, Such as a Broken Wire or Connector. Includes  
Internal Passive Cell Balancing Capability of Up to 200mA.  
Rev A  
11/20  
www.analog.com  
ANALOG DEVICES, INC. 2019-2020  
80  

相关型号:

LTC6813

6 Channel Battery Stack Monitors
ADI

LTC6813-1

Daisy Chain isoSPI Battery-Stack Monitor
Linear

LTC6813-1

Current, Voltage, and Charge Monitor for High Voltage Battery Packs
ADI

LTC6820

isoSPI Isolated Communications Interface Very Low EMI Susceptibility and Emissions
Linear

LTC6820HMS#PBF

LTC6820 - isoSPI Isolated Communications Interface; Package: MSOP; Pins: 16; Temperature Range: -40&deg;C to 125&deg;C
Linear

LTC687A1G

Optoelectronic
ETC

LTC687A1P

Optoelectronic
ETC

LTC687S1G

Optoelectronic
ETC

LTC687S1P

Optoelectronic
ETC

LTC690

Microprocessor Supervisory Circuits
Linear

LTC6900

Low Power, 1kHz to 20MHz Resistor Set SOT-23 Oscillator
Linear

LTC6900CS5

Low Power, 1kHz to 20MHz Resistor Set SOT-23 Oscillator
Linear